Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Weill Hall Lab 308 Biomedical Leb Reno
INVITATION TO PROPOSERS WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 FEBRUARY 18, 2016 PREPARED BY: CORNELL UNIVERSITY FACILITIES ENGINEERING 201 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 DISTRIBUTED BY: FACILITIES CONTRACTS 121 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 (607) 255-3982 Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering Lab Renovation TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE Information for Proposers IFP -1 thru 4 Bid Form BF -1 thru BF -10 Form of Agreement - Short Form Contract 1 thru 17 Weill Hall (Building 1014) Interior Full Building Asbestos Survey Weill Hall (1014) Full Building Door Inspection and Asbestos Bulk Sampling Report Technical Specifications 078400 FIRESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 101400 SIGNAGE 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220700 PLUMBING INSULATION 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 226113 GENERAL GAS PIPING FOR LABORATORY FACILITIES 226600 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230523 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230700 HVAC INSULATION 230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 230901 BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 233113 METAL DUCTS 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 238216 AIR COILS 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 262726 WIRING DEVICES Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering Lab Renovation Drawings T-001 TITLE SHEET G-100 THIRD FLOOR — CODE COMPLIANCE PLAN A-000 SCOPE OF WORK, PATTERNS, SYMBOLS, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS A-103 THIRD FLOOR RENOVATION, DEMOLITION PLANS AND INT. ELEVATIONS A-303 THIRD FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN M-000 SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOLOGY M-103 PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR MECHANICAL PLANS P-102 PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN P-103 PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR PLUMBING PLANS M-401 GENERAL MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES M-402 BUILDING AUTOMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM DETAIL M-501 SCHEDULES E-000 SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLOGY, AND ABBREVIATIONS E-103 E-103 ELECTRICAL PLANS INFORMATION FOR PROPOSERS 1. PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations. Proposer's legal name must be fully stated. 2. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: MAIL OR BRING TO: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering Lab Renovation Submitted by: Proposer b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above no later than 2:OOPM on April 1, 2016. c. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner, in Room 133 Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, 2:OOPM on April 1, 2016. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the time and date of opening of proposals at any time prior to the time and date announced in this Invitation to Proposers or amendment thereto. 3. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, to waive minor informalities in any Proposal, and to make award in the best interest of the Owner. b. Prices shall be guaranteed for a period of sixty (60) calendar days after Proposal opening. 4. PROJECT START AND COMPLETION a. The project should be started within fourteen (14) calendar days from written authorization to proceed, and shall be completed by June 30, 2016. INFORMATION FOR PROPOSERS IFP -1 5. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website (http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm ). For assistance call 607-255-5343. b. Additional sets will be available at $25.00 per set without refund. All subcontractors and suppliers requiring may order these at $25.00 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner. c. The successful bidder will be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and specifications. 6. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the period prior to Proposal due date shall be acknowledged in the Proposal. 7. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Proposer shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize him/herself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the Operations to be carried on under the proposed Agreement, and make such investigation as he/she may see fit so that he/she shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Agreement. b. Each Proposer shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the outline specifications, with the Proposed Agreement, and with Cornell's Standard General Conditions. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Proposer covenants and affirms that he/she has carefully examined the Drawing, outline specifications, and associated General Conditions, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the site; that he/she relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his/her own investigation he has satisfied him/herself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance; and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he/she fully understands the conditions of making a Proposal and that he/she will not make any claim for, and waives any right to, damages because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Invitation Documents and the conditions of making a Proposal. 8. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested. They are listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. INFORMATION FOR PROPOSERS IFP -2 9. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Proposer find discrepancies in or omissions from the Invitation Documents, or should he/she be in doubt as to their meaning, he/she shall at once notify Travis Fisher, tf222(/icomell.edu, who will send written instructions to all Proposers. 10. PRE-BID MEETING a. A pre-bid meeting is being scheduled for March 16, 2016 at 10:OOAM in Room 101 Humphreys Service Building, to clarify the intent of the contract documents as necessary. 11. TAX EXEMPTION STATUS a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes and certain Federal Excise Taxes. b. Proposers shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers, from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations, of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. c. At the Proposer's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 12. BONDS a. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 11 a. above. 13. QUALITY CONTROL a. The implementation of effective quality control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. While the Owner's Representative is authorized to review, stop, and reject the work, no actions or communications on the part of the Owner's Representative shall be construed to represent an approval of any part of the work nor to release the Contractor from any obligations under the provisions of the Agreement. b. A list of names from which the Proposer proposes to select subcontractors, material supplies, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. INFORMATION FOR PROPOSERS IFP -3 14. CONSTRUCTION TRADES a. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by members of the appropriate local union including Electricians, Plumbers & Pipefitters, Carpenters, Bricklayers, Masons & Plasterers, Painters, and Sheet Metal Workers. INFORMATION FOR PROPOSERS IFP -4 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gentlemen: The undersigned, a (Name of Bidder) (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated February 18, 2016 prepared by Cornell University Facilities Engineering, 201 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, New York 14853, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of for MATERIALS, SUPPLIES, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. BID FORM BF -1 2. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates. c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the following Alternate Proposals within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. Alternate No. Description NONE. ADD DEDUCT BID FORM BF -2 3. START OF WORK AND TIME FOR COMPLETION a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to continence work at the site within fourteen (14) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the project no later than June 30, 2016. 4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall List the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. PAINTING/FINISHES MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL HVAC CONTROLS BID FORM BF -3 5. PRINCIPAL SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following portions of the Work with forces directly employed by the undersigned: b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. 6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Time Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. 7. BONDS a. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of $ Amount) is attached to this Bid. 8. SCHEDULE OF VALUES (10% of Bid a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. BID FORM BF -4 b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions are excluded. Spec Section Trades and/or Subdivision Division 1 General Requirements Division 2 Existing Conditions Division 22 Plumbing Division 23 HVAC Division 26 Electrical Total Values Included in Base Bid Labor Material Total Combined Bid $ BID FORM BF -5 9. SUBSTITUTIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The Bidder may offer a substitution for General Conditions, Article 2.05, Superintendence by Contractor, by listing in the space below the proposed percentage of supervision to be provided onsite, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. Percentage of Supervision Deduction from Base Bid e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Item and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material BID FORM BF -6 10. ACCEPTANCE a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid due date. b. If written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of time. BID FORM BF -7 11. ADDENDUM RECEIPT a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: By: Title: Business Address: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -8 CERTIFICATE OF NON -COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. Dated: By: Title: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -9 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I, certify that I am the of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that , who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attaclunents thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Dated: (Secretary -Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) BID FORM BF -10 Contract No. -- XXX SHORT FORM CONTRACT This Contract made as of the *** day of *** 2014, by and between CORNELL UNIVERSITY, Ithaca, New York 14853, hereinafter called "Owner", and ***, hereinafter called "Contractor". WITNESSETH: The Owner and the Contractor mutually agree as follows: 1. SCOPE OF CONTRACT The Contractor agrees to furnish and provide all the supplies, materials and labor, and to perform to the satisfaction of the Owner all work of every kind required, necessary to, proper for or incidental to the WEILL HALL LAB 308 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION per *** at Cornell University, hereinafter called the "Project", in strict accordance with this Contract, the Proposal, the Drawings and Specifications and the prescribed bonds, hereinafter collectively called the "Contract" or "Contract Documents", all of which have been examined by the Contractor and are deemed to be a part of this Contract. 2. TIME OF PERFORMANCE The Contractor shall complete all the work covered by the Contract to the satisfaction of Cornell University and in accordance with the Contract Documents by *** unless such period is otherwise extended by the Owner, or be responsible to the Owner for any damage caused by the failure or omission by the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. 3. PAYMENT 3.1 The Owner shall pay to the Contractor and the latter shall accept as full and complete payment for the performance of this Contract for the sum of *** ($0.00) Rev. 06-2014 which sum is the amount of the contract consideration. If the progress and performance of the work is satisfactory to the Owner, the latter, upon application submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect, if any, and the Owner, will make periodic progress payments of the contract consideration to the Contractor, the amount of such progress payments to be based upon the value of the work performed by the Contractor since the last previous progress payment, less an amount equal to 10% thereof, which sum the Owner shall reserve from each progress payment until all the work covered by the Contract has been completed. 3.1.1 Time of Payment. The Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in this Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt and approval of submitted invoice. 3.1.2 All invoices shall include the Contract Number, the full name of the project, the name of the Owner's Representative and a summary of previous payments. 3.1.3 All invoices shall be submitted to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 3.2 Upon the completion by the Contractor and acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, the Owner shall make a final payment equal to the amount of the Contract consideration less all previous payments by the Owner to the Contractor. 3.2.1 Application's for Final Payment shall include a Final Release, Consent of Surety to Make Final Payment and warranty information as required under the Contract. 3.3 The acceptance by the Contractor, or by anyone claiming by or through the Contractor, the final payment shall constitute and operate as a release to the Owner from any and all claims of any liability for anything done or furnished for or relating to or arising out of the work covered by the Contract and for any prior act, neglect or default on the part of the Owner or any of its officers, agents, or employees in connection therewith. Should the Contractor refuse to accept the final payment as tendered by the Owner or should they refuse to execute the final application for payment without protest and without reserving any rights or claims against the payment without protest and without reserving any rights or claims against the Owner, it shall constitute a waiver of any right to interest on the payment so tendered and/or on the amount set forth in said final application for payment. 3.4 The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with their Federal Tax Identification Number. 2 Rev. 06-2014 4. CHANGES IN THE WORK 4.1. The Owner shall detennine the amount by -which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: A. By agreement with the Contractor. B. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices. (i) To the extent that a Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. D. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Paragraph C, except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format contained on the Owner's website. 4.2 Mark-ups: Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 5. RISKS ASSUMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 5.1 The Contractor solely assumes all risks, except those risks caused by defects in the drawings or specifications prepared or furnished by the Owner or the Architect, for loss or damage, occurring prior to the Owner's acceptance of all work, to all or any part of the work covered by the Contract and for all claims, losses and damages for bodily injury, including death, and property damage arising out of or as a result of or in connection with the performance by the Contractor of the work covered by the Contract. 3 Rev. 06-2014 5.2 The Contractor agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all claims, losses and damages described above. 5.3 The Contractor's obligations under this section shall not be deemed waived, limited or discharged by the enumeration in the Contract Documents of the kinds and amounts of insurance that the Contractor is required to and/or does procure. 5.4 Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of payment therefore shall release the Contractor from their obligations under this section. 5.5 Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create or give third parties any claims or rights of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner to persons on, about or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. 6. PUBLIC SAFETY AND RISK INVOLVING PROPERTY 6.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work, and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes as well as regulations of the Owner's Life Safety Services to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workmen and the public and shall post danger signs warning against the hazards created by the construction. 6.2 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of their organization on the work whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. The name and position of any person so designated shall be submitted to the Owner in writing. 6.3 In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the work or of adjoining property, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Owner, is hereby permitted to act at their discretion to prevent such threatened loss or injury, and shall so act without appeal if so authorized or instructed. Any compensation claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work, shall be determined by the Owner. 6.4 The Contractor shall so conduct its operations as not to close or obstruct any portion of any highway, road or other property until permits therefor have been obtained from the proper authorities. If any of the above are required to be kept open or shall be damaged or rendered unsafe by Contractor's operations, Contractor shall, at their own expense, make such repairs and provide such temporary detours, guards, bridges, lights and other signals as necessary for public safety and as will be acceptable to the proper authorities. 6.5 Except as otherwise specifically provided, Contractor shall not do any work that would affect any pipeline, telephone, or electric transmission line, drainage ditch or channels, or any other structure, nor meter upon the right-of-way or any other lands appurtenant thereto, until notified by the Project Manager that the Owner has secured permission therefor from the proper authority. Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time or any extra compensation on account of any postponement, interference or delay caused by any such structure being on or adjacent to the site of the work. 4 Rev. 06-2014 6.6 The Contractor shall preserve and protect all cultivated and planted areas, and all natural vegetation such as trees, shrubs, and grass on or adjacent to the premises which as detennined by the Owner, do not unreasonably interfere with the performance of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any such property and unauthorized cutting or destroying of trees and vegetation, including damage due to careless operation of equipment, stockpiling of materials or tracking by equipment or vehicles. 6.7 The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all its work from damage and shall protect the Owner's property from injury or loss arising in connection with this Contract. The Contractor shall make good any such damage, injury or loss. The Contractor shall adequately protect adjacent property. The Contractor and employees of the Contractor shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. 7. GUARANTEES 7.1 The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at its own cost and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by the Contract within the (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract or at such other date or dates as the Owner may specify prior to that time, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such other work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. 7.2 Unless such removal, replacement and/or repair shall be performed by the Contractor within ten (10) working days after receipt of written notice from the Owner specifying such defect, or if such defect is of such a nature that it cannot be completely removed, repaired and/or replaced within said ten (10) day period and the Contractor shall not have diligently commenced removing, repairing and/or replacing such defect within said ten (10) day period and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith proceed to do such work, the Owner may employ such other person, firm or corporation as it may choose to perform such removal, replacement and/or repair and the Contractor agrees, upon demand, to pay to the Owner all amounts which it expends for such work. 5 Rev. 06-2014 8. DEFAULT OF THE CONTRACTOR In the event that the Contractor shall fail to proceed with the work when and as directed by the Owner or the Architect or if the Contractor in the opinion of the Owner, shall fail to carry on the work with proper speed or if the Contractor shall otherwise fail to comply with the provisions of this Contract, the Owner, upon fourteen (14) days written notice to the Contractor, may declare the Contractor in default of this Contract and arrange for the work to be finished in such manner and method as may be deemed advisable by the Owner. If the Owner declares the Contractor in default, the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for the cost of all additional architectural and engineering services necessary, in the Owner's opinion, as a result of such default. The Owner shall deduct from the contract consideration the cost of such additional services and, if the Owner has the work completed by other than the Contractor's surety, the actual cost of completion of all work covered by the Contract. If the unpaid balance of the contract consideration, including retainage from progress payments, is insufficient to pay such costs, then the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay the Owner the amount of such excess costs. 9. PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW Each and every provision required by law to be inserted in the Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein and in the event any such provision is not inserted or is not correctly inserted then, upon the application of either party, this Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 10. INSURANCE Cornell University requires that contractors submit evidence of adequate insurance prior to the commencement of performance of work for the University. Minimum requirements are: A. Statutory Worker's Compensation Insurance under the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto. Coverage "B" Employers Liability must have limits of at least $100,000. B. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, subject to limits of $1,000,000 each occurrence, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater. Coverage must be provided for Bodily Injury Liability, Broad Form Property Damage Liability, Contractual Liability and Products and Completed Operations coverage. Completed Operations coverage is to be maintained for a minimum period of two years after completion of the Cornell contract. C. Automobile Liability Insurance subject to limits of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence for Bodily Injury and $100,000 each occurrence for property damage. Such Automobile Liability Insurance shall be for all of contractor's owned, non -owned, and hired automobiles. D. All Risk Property Insurance providing replacement cost coverage for any property damage to contractor's property which is caused by a loss of any kind and description to any property brought onto Cornell University premises. The contractor agrees to waive on behalf of itself and its insurance company subrogation against the University for any loss or damage which is covered or should be covered by this insurance. 6 Rev. 06-2014 E. All liability policies should be issued on an "occurrence" basis. A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE for all policies required must be issued to Cornell University and received by the Office of Facilities Contracts, 121 Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, prior to any work. F. Cornell University will be added to the contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance Policy by endorsement as an Additional Insured and evidence of such will be provided in the contractors' certificate of insurance. All policies must also be endorsed as "primary" for purposes of this contract. G. All certificates of insurance will provide for a minimum of 30 days notice to Cornell University prior to cancellation, non -renewal or change in policy terms and/or conditions. 11. INDEMNIFICATION The contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Cornell University and its trustees, officers, agents, and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character, name, or description including reasonable attorney fees, brought on account of: A. any injuries or damages (real or alleged) received or sustained by any person, persons, or property, on account of any act, any omission, any neglect, or any misconduct of the contractor. B. any neglect of the contractor in safeguarding the work. C. the use of unacceptable materials by the contractor in performing the work. D. any injuries or damages sustained by the contractors' employees. Cornell reserves the right to retain whatever funds which would be due Contractor under this contract until such suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and satisfactory evidence to that effect furnished. 13. GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.1 The word or designation "site" as used in the Contract Documents shall be deemed to be the area within the Contract Limit Lines, as shown on the drawings, and all other areas upon which the Contractor is to perform work. 13.2 The word or designation "work" as used in the Contract Documents shall be deemed to be the using, performing, installing, furnishing and supplying of all materials, equipment, labor and incidentals necessary or convenient to the successful completion of the Project and the carrying out of all duties and obligations imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract. 13.3 The captions of articles or sections of the Contract Documents are intended for convenience and for reference purposes only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent thereof, or of this Contract nor in any way affect this Contract. 7 Rev. 06-2014 12.4 The Contract Documents constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and no statement, promise, condition, understanding, inducement or representation, oral or written, expressed or implied, which is not contained herein shall be binding or valid and the Contract Documents shall not be changed, modified or altered in any manner except by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto. 12.5 The Contractor agrees that it will not assign this contract without the prior written consent of the Owner. 12.6 If this contract is funded by New York State or federal funds, it shall be deemed executory to the extent of state or federal monies being available to Cornell and no liability on account thereof shall be incurred by Cornell beyond monies available for the purpose thereof. 12.7 The Contractor, subcontractor, or any person acting on behalf of the Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in the perfouniance of this contract or any subcontract thereunder because of Equal Employment Opportunity protected class status including age, race, disability, ethnicity, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, Vietnam Era or special disabled veteran status as applicable under federal, state and local laws. 13. STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to Cornell University on the web https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. 14. ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at Contractor's local office or at Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed. Each Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by Owner, books and records respecting the Work. 8 Rev. 06-2014 15. LIENS Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a complete release or discharge of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof and, in either case, an affidavit that so far as the Contractor has. knowledge or information the releases and receipts include all the labor and materials for which a lien could be filed; but the Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a receipt or release in full, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner, to indemnify him against any lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the later may be compelled to pay in discharging such a lien, including all costs and a reasonable attorney's fee. No partial or progress payments shall be made to the Contractor as long as a lien is outstanding on the real property of the Owner by reason of claims arising out of the work of this Contract. 16. TERMINATION The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivery to the Contractor notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually and reasonably incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total authorized releases to the date of termination. 17. GOVERNING LAW 17.1 Unless otherwise specified, this Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. 17.2 The effective date of this Agreement shall be the date of the Owner's signature. CONTRACTOR'S NAME CORNELL UNIVERSITY Contractor Owner By: By: Name: Name: Please print Please print Title: Title: Date: Date: 9 Rev. 06-2014 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR WEILL HALL LAB 308 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION 1. Qualifications of Bidders All prospective bidders are hereby notified that, on request of the Owner, they must be able to prove to the satisfaction of the Owner, that they have the skill and experience, as well as the necessary facilities, ample financial resources, organization and general reliability to do the work to be performed under the provisions of the Contract, in a satisfactory manner and within the time specified. 2. Storage of Material and Equipment All material shall be stored in a neat, orderly manner. 3. Temporary Power The Contractor shall make arrangements for necessary temporary electrical power. 4. Construction Water The Contractor shall make arrangements for necessary construction water. 5. Submittals After execution of Contract, and ordering of material, submit for approval the list of all materials, shop drawings and equipment proposed for use to avoid delay in construction schedule. Intention of using specified materials does not relieve obligation of submitting this list. 6. Compliance to Document Follow drawings in the laying out of work and inspect locations of existing utilities and site conditions to be dealt with in the execution of this work. 7. Permits Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. 10 Rev. 06-2014 8. Environmental Hazardous or Toxic Materials A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties corning into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. Disposal of Waste Material and Title A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" (attached hereto) to the Owner's Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 11 Rev. 06-2014 9. Changes Within the Scope of the Work The Contractor shall, with the written approval of the Owner's representative, and without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in layout needed to prevent conflict with existing conditions for proper execution of this work. 10. Clean Up Contractor shall, at all times during the progress of the work, keep the site and adjacent roads and sidewalks free from accumulation of waste matter, dirt and rubbish. At the completion of the work, all excess materials, earth, etc., shall be removed from the site. 11. Supervision Contractor shall supply services of an experienced and competent supervisor who shall be constantly in charge of work at the site. 12. Representative of Cornell The University will assign a representative of the Owner. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative (Todd Pfeiffer) shall be recognized by the Contractor. 13. Construction Trades All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. 12 Rev. 06-2014 Contact Name/Number/Email: 1. Contractor Na Contract No.: Project Name/Des a) bA CCS Project End Date: Project Start Date: be generated as waste: hazardous materials Destination or Disposal Location Transporter asfl-ON Waste Management {"Y u JoloI3.ijuoD CU- Mgt spun. D SHH aiQBIIBAV SUSYAI Source Jola J uo3 if 011.103 pa;UWT S 0 a E 0 0 0 bn 0 U y > o PCBs Asbestos Lead Mercury Chromium Other Toxic Metals (describe in section 4) Mold Light Bulbs Thermostats Batteries -o °cp' Contaminated PPE & Materials Other (describe in section 4) No hazardous waste -actor Waste Materia be generated during the project: 3. Check all non -hazardous wastes that Estimated Quantity Transporter Facility Phone Facility Address Disposal Facility Name Category U Clean soil Non C&D solid waste Other (describe in section IV) No non -hazardous waste will be generated U 0 •O on of waste materials expected to be generated during 7-4 0 U cn 'o 5. Contractor Certification O cn O 0 :~ o 4) E.: 1) o ap o C a) U U 0 2 N •O s., 0 c ami O L) c - y • o 5 0 o -cfc �0 3 c4 3-1CZ )moo U • P 0 0 ( 0 O cG • Y (71 CFI0 bA . • U 0 0 0 N ai P.4 U 3 0 0 `~ ci) ci) 0 o � v) "O 4 0 "C3 o• 4 0 3. a) -o .O c" o O �c as 0 o 0 CZ "1:1F Q. C 0 o c0c3 .� - U 0 o C/) U • a) -0 1C7 (/)CZ fi 0 4+ Ct 4-' 0 U O• o :70 8 0 co cn o 0 0 O o • U U 4 O O 0 cn W O 0 U 0 0 0 5"":11:4 U N U 0 @7 E0 0 0 0 0 •N• O 72, U cv 0 • o cz Contractor Signature oan U O O O 0 00 x O O O 3 .112 0 O O- 0 c!) e Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan: The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to 6NYCRR Section 360-1.15 A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into groundwater or surface water. Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite (riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); anthophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite. Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part 374- 3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as Universal Waste Batteries. Borrow Material: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained from other locations. Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D Debris, trees, stumps, yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below. Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non -asbestos insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or less in size and having no more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom, electrical wiring and components containing no hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads and land clearing) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste (including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing technique, other than that employed at a department - approved C&D debris processing facility, that renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department determines that such waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris. Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and processes construction and demolition debris by any means. Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for disposal as regular trash. Exempt C&D and Stump Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes: (i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete), asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily identified as C&D debris by visual observation.) (ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or control. Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of "hazardous waste" in 6 NYCRR 371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation. Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm -related cleanup such as trees, stumps, brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside. Lead: Any metallic lead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or 40 CFR 273.5. Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse. Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e) Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars), which when worn or superfluous can be recycled. Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State of New York and the government of the United States. Solvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something; as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions. Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation. Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. "See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279" Thermostats: Any mercury -containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4 Uncontaminated C&D Debris: C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal vehicle use of the roadway. FINAL RELEASE FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firni or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material person or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: Cornell University Limited Asbestos Survey Report Performed at Weill Hall (Building 1014) Interior Full Building Asbestos Survey Cornell University Ithaca, New York Campus Prepared for: Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Asbestos Project Coordinator Cornell University Maintenance Management 116 Humphreys Service Building, Ithaca, NY 14853 Prepared by: /.DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607-231-6600 Fax: 607-231-6640 www.deltaengineers.com Delta Project No. 2014.030.037 Cornell Work Order No. 6802032 Field work performed by: Thomas Ferro and Michael Drobak, February 21st, 2014 Report prepared by: Michael Drobak Report reviewed by: Stephen Prislupsky ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, uLAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell,wY1xron Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION 3 5 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2.0 ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS 3.0 SURVEY FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS Appendix A, ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE REPORT FORM Appendix B, LABORATORY ANALYTCAL RESULTS Appendix 0, DELTA ENGINEERS, COMPANY AND PERSONNEL CERTIFICATIONS Appendix D, LABORATORY CERTIFICATIONS Appendix E, BULK SAMPLE LOCATION DRAWINGS Appendix F, PREVIOUS DELTA BULK SAMPLE iNFORMATION 2 .DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAUD SURVEYORS 1.0 INTRODUCTION: 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors (Delta) was contracted by Cornell University, to provide a full interior Asbestos Survey at Weill Hall (Building 1014) located on the Cornell Ithaca, New York Campus. The survey addressed all accessible suspect interior building materials. It should be noted that the entire basement level was previously surveyed by Delta, with the results from this effort being incorporated into the current Survey Report. No suspect exterior building materials were included as a part of this Survey. On February 21st, 2014 Delta Certified Inspector's Thomas Ferro and Michael Drobak were on site to perform a walkthrough to visually inspect all accessible rooms/spaces and to perform sampling of suspect materials. Based on a visual inspection of the spaces and a review of previous Delta bulk sample results, a total of twenty-five (25) bulk samples were collected representing ten (10) separate suspect homogenous building materials. Twelve (12) of the samples collected were non -friable organically bound (NOB) representing five (5) homogenous materials. The remaining thirteen (13) samples were "friable" non -NOB representing five (5) homogenous materials. The suspect homogenous building materials identified as part of the full building interior survey included: Homogenous Area (HA) Suspect Building Material 01 Sheetrock 02 Joint Compound 03 Gray Marble Flooring Grout/Mud-set 04 Stair Tread Caulk 05 Carpet Mastic 06 Mastic from Non -Suspect Vinyl Cove Base 07 Stairwell Floor Leveler 08 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout and Mud -set 09 1' x 4' Pin-hole Pattern Ceiling Tile 10 1' x 4' Smooth -Finish Ceiling Tile 2012.004.359-01* 1st Floor Ceiling Sheetrock 2012.004.359-02* 1st Floor Ceiling Joint Compound 2012.004.359-03* 1st Floor Wall Sheetrock 2012.004.359-04* 1st Floor Wall Joint Compound 2012.004.359-05* Fiberglass Duct Insulation Foil/Brown Wrap 2012.004.359-06* Sprinkler Pipe White Putty at Pipe Union 2012.004.359-07* Sprinkler Pipe Black Putty at Pipe Union 2012.004.359-08* Gray Duct Sealant/Caulk 2013.044.216-01 * Basement Soffit Sheetrock 2013.044.216-02* Basement Soffit Joint Compound 2013.044.228-01 * Basement Sheetrock 2013.044.228-02* Basement Joint Compound 2013.044.228-03* Basement 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed 2013.044.228-04* Basement Door Frame Caulk 3 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS Homogenous Area (HA) Suspect Building Material (continued) 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 2013.044.228-05* 2013.044.228-06* 2013.044.228-07* 2013.044.228-08* 2013.044.228-09* 2013.044.228-10* 2013.044.228-11 2013.044.228-12* 2013.044.228-13* 2013.044.228-14* 2013.044.228-15* 2013.044.228-16* 2013.044.228-17* 2013.044.228-18* 2013.044.228-19* Basement 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile Basement Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile Basement Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive Basement Gray Epoxy Floor Coating Basement Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic Basement Wall Joint Caulk Basement Gray Duct Caulk/Sealant Basement White Duct Caulk/Sealant Basement Red Wall Penetration Fire Stop Basement 2' x 4' Pinhole Pattern Ceiling Tile Basement 2' x 4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating Basement 2' x 4' Light Textured Ceiling Tile Basement "Renovation Area" Sheetrock Basement "Renovation Area" Joint Compound Basement "Renovation Area" 2" x 12" Light Gray Mottle Pattern Floor Tile - Homogenous Area (suspect material) previously sampled by Delta Specific information required by 12 NYCRR Part 56-5.1, (f) — "Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information" to be included in this pre -renovation report is as follows: 1) Building Name/Address: 2) Owner's Name/Address: 3) Owner's Agent: 4) Survey Performed By: 5) Certified Inspectors: Weill Hall Building 1014 Cornell University Ithaca Campus Ithaca, NY 14850 Cornell University Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853 Mr. Dale Houseknecht Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Thomas Ferro Michael Drobak Certificate No. 99-11328 Certificate No. 02-18996 6) Date of Survey: February 21st, 2014 7) Laboratory: America Science Team New York, Inc. 117 East 30th Street, New York, NY 10016 4 .DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 2.0 ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS: 2.1 Survey requirements Requirements to perform Pre-Demolition/Pre-Renovation Asbestos Surveys are based on the following State and Federal Regulations. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): OSHA survey requirements and sampling protocols are included in 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(j)(2) & (j)(8) and 29 CFR Part 1926A 101(k),(5): 29 CFR Part 1910.1001 (i)(2), Installed Asbestos Containing Material: Employers and building owners are required to treat installed TSI and sprayed on and troweled -on surfacing materials as ACM in buildings constructed no later than 1980 for purposes of this standard. These materials are designated "presumed ACM or PACM", and are defined in paragraph (b) of this section. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 1980 also must be treated as asbestos -containing. The employer or building owner may demonstrate that PACM and flooring material do not contain asbestos by complying with paragraph (j)(8)(111) of this section. 29 CFR Part 1910.1001 (j)(8), Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM: 1910.10010)(8)(1) - At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (j)(8)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section. 1910.1001(j)(8)(ii) - An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain asbestos by the following: 1910.1001(j)(8)(ii)(A) - Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requirements ofAHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that no ACM is present in the material; or 1910.1001(j)(8)(ii)(B) - Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally -recognized round robin testing program. 1910.1001(j)(8)(iii) -The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM. 29 CFR Part 1926.1101 (k)(5), Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM: 1926.1101(k)(5)(i) - At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section. 1926.1101(k)(5)(ii) — An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain more than 1 percent asbestos by the following: 1926.1101(k)(5)(ii)(A) - Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requirements ofAHERA (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that the material is not ACM; or 5 860 Hooper Road ADELTA13760 Tel 607 231.6600 ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 1926.1101(k)(5)(11)(B) - Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally -recognized round robin testing program. 1926.1101 (k)(5)(iii) - The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM. EPA National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs): (NESHAPs) regulates asbestos under "40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M - National Emission Standard for Asbestos". Subpart M regulates demolition and/or renovation of "facilities" that may contain asbestos -containing materials (ACMs). "Facilities," as defined by NESHAPs, includes any institutional, commercial, public, industrial, or residential structure or building, except residential buildings having four or fewer units. ACMs are defined in NESHAPs as materials containing more than 1 percent asbestos. Section 61.145 states: 61.145 Standard for demolition and renovation. (a) Applicability. To determine which requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section apply to the owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity and prior to the commencement of the demolition or renovation, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos, including Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM. It should be noted that 40 CFR Part 1 Subpart M, NESHAPS has no cut-off date exempting survey requirements. New York State Department of Labor (NYS DOL): Guidelines followed for the inspection are those established by the NYS DOL's Industrial Code Rule 56 (Cited as 12 NYCRR Part 56, as amended, adopted January 11, 2006; effective September 5, 2006). The specific survey, sampling and reporting requirements included in 12 NYCRR Part 56-5.1(e) — "Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Requirements" include: 56-5.1 Asbestos Survey Requirements for Building/Structure Demolition, Renovation, Remodeling and Repair (a) Asbestos Survey Required. An owner or an owner's agent, except the owner of one and two- family dwellings who contracts for, but does not direct or control the work, shall cause to be conducted, an asbestos survey completed by a licensed asbestos contractor using inspectors certified in compliance with Section 56-3.2(d), to determine whether or not the building or structure, or portion(s) thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work, contains ACM, PACM or asbestos material. This asbestos survey shall be completed and submitted as indicated in Subdivision (g) of this Section, prior to commencing work. All such asbestos surveys shall be conducted in conformance with the requirements of Subdivision (e) of this Section. 6 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com (b) Exemptions To Asbestos Survey Requirements: The asbestos survey required by this Subdivision (a) of this Section shall not be required for the following classes of buildings or structures: (1) an agricultural building; (2) buildings or structures for which original construction commenced on or after January 1, 1974; (3) A structure certified in writing to be structurally unsound by a licensed Professional Engineer, Registered Architect, Building Inspector, Fire Inspector or other official of competent jurisdiction. (See Section 56-11.5) (c) Building/Structure Demolition. If a building/structure asbestos survey is not required or performed per Subdivision (b) of this Section, and the building/structure is certified to be unsound or slated for contracted demolition, the building/structure shall be assumed to contain asbestos, and shall be demolished per this Part, unless the building/structure is adequately certified to be free of asbestos containing material. Acceptable documentation for certification shall be a previous thorough building/structure asbestos survey, abatement records or other documentation acceptable to the Commissioner or his or her representative. (d) Responsibility To Comply. No exemption to the requirement to conduct an asbestos survey shall exempt any person, asbestos contractor, property owner or business entity from the inspection or asbestos survey requirements of EPA, OSHA, and any other applicable section of this Part. (e) Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Requirements. The asbestos survey shall include a thorough inspection for and identification of all PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or to have repair work. The required inspection shall be performed by a certified asbestos inspector, and, at a minimum, shall include identification of PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos material by all of the following methods: (1) The review of building/structure plans and records, if available, for references to asbestos, ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos material used in construction, renovation or repair; and (2) A visual inspection for PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or repaired. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi -layered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both EMAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. (f) Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. (1) The asbestos survey shall, at a minimum, identify and assess with due diligence, the locations, quantities, friability and conditions of all types of installations at the affected portion of the building/structure relative to the ACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, PACM or asbestos material contained therein. The following list is not inclusive of all types of ACMs, it only summarizes typical 7 860 Hooper Road ADELTA13760 Tel: 607 231.6600 ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com ACMs. The certified asbestos inspector is responsible for identification and assessment of all types ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM and asbestos material within the affected portion of the building/structure: PACM (i) Surfacing Treatments: (a) Fireproofing; (b) Acoustical Plaster; (c) Finish Plasters; and (d) Skim Coats of Joint Compound. (ii) Thermal System Insulation: (a) Equipment Insulation; (b) Boiler, Breeching, Boiler Rope, Duct, or Tank Insulation, Cement or Mortar Used for Boilers and Refractory Brick; (c) Piping and Fitting Insulations including but not limited to, Wrapped Paper, Aircell, Millboard, Rope, Cork, Preformed Plaster, Job Molded Plaster and coverings over fibrous glass insulation. SUSPECT MISCELLANEOUS ACM (i) Roofing and Siding Miscellaneous Materials: (a) Insulation Board; (b) Vapor Barriers; (c) Coatings; (d) Non -Metallic or Non -Wood Roof Decking (e) Felts; (f) Cementitious Board (Transite); (g) Flashing; (h) Shingles; and (i) Galbestos. (ii) Other Miscellaneous Materials: (a) Dust and Debris; (b) Floor Tile; (c) Cove Base; (d) Floor Leveler Compound; (e) Ceiling Tile; (f) Vermiculite Insulation (g) Gaskets, Seals, Sealants (including for condensate control); (h) Vibration Isolators; (i) Laboratory Tables and Hoods; (j) Chalkboards; (k) Pipe Penetration Packing or Other Firestopping Materials (1) Cementitious Board; (m) Electrical Wire Insulation; (n) Fire Curtains; (o) Fire Blankets; (p) Fire Doors; (q) Brakes and Clutches; (r) Mastics, Adhesives and Glues; 8 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS (s) Caulks; (t) Sheet Flooring (Linoleum); (u) Wallpaper; (v) Drywall; (w) Plasterboard (x) Spackling/Joint Compound; (y) Textured Paint; (z) Grout; (aa) Glazing Compound; and (ab) Terrazzo. 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com (2) All ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material reported under Paragraph (1) of this Subdivision shall include the location of the materials, an estimate of the quantities, types, friability and condition of the identified materials to be treated and handled as ACM. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multilayered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both ELAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. (3) The building/structure asbestos survey shall also include the building/structure name, address, the building/structure owner's name and address, the name and address of the owner's agent, the name of the firm performing the asbestos survey and a copy of the firm's current asbestos handling license, the names of the certified inspector(s) performing the survey and a copy of the current asbestos handling certificate for each inspector utilized, the dates of the asbestos survey, a listing of homogeneous areas identifying which ones are ACM, all laboratory analyses reports for bulk samples collected, and copies of the appropriate certifications for the laboratory used for analysis of samples taken during the asbestos survey. (g) Transmittal of Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. One (1) copy of the results of the building/structure asbestos survey shall be immediately transmitted by the building/structure owner as follows: (1) One (1) copy of the completed asbestos survey shall be sent by the owner or their agent to the local government entity charged with issuing a permit for such demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work under applicable State or local laws. (2) The completed asbestos survey for controlled demolition (as per Subpart 56-11.5) or pre -demolition asbestos projects shall also be submitted to the appropriate Asbestos Control Bureau district office. (3) The completed asbestos survey shall be kept on the construction site with the asbestos notification and variance, if required, throughout the duration of the asbestos project and any associated demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project. (h) Removal Required. If the building/structure asbestos survey finds that the portion of the building/structure to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work contains ACM, 9 860 Hooper Road ADELTA13760 Tel 607.231.6600 ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, 8 LAND SURVEYORS Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM, or asbestos material, which is impacted by the work, the owner or the owner's agent shall conduct, or cause to have conducted, asbestos removal performed by a licensed asbestos abatement contractor in conformance with all standards set forth in this Part. All ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM, or asbestos material impacted by the demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project shall be removed as per this Part, prior to access or disturbance by other uncertified trades or personnel. No demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work shall be commenced by any owner or the owner's agent prior to the completion of the asbestos abatement in accordance with the notification requirements of this Part. For multi -phased work, the access restriction for uncertified trades or personnel applies to each intermediate portion of the entire project. Upon completion of the intermediate portion of the asbestos project, other trades or personnel may access that portion of the work site. For demolition projects that are exempt from asbestos survey requirements due to being structurally unsound, the demolition is considered an asbestos project and shall proceed as per Section 56-11.5. (1) All building/structure owners and asbestos abatement contractors on a demolition, renovation, remodeling, or repair project, which includes work covered by this Part, shall inform all trades on the work site about PACM, ACM, asbestos material and suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM at the work site. (i) Bidding. Bids may be advertised and contracts awarded for demolition, remodeling, renovation, or repair work, but no work on the current intermediate portion of the project shall commence on the demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work by any owner or agent prior to completion of all necessary asbestos abatement work for the current intermediate portion of the entire project, in conformance with all standards set forth in this Part. (j) Unidentified and Unassessed Asbestos. When any construction activity, such as demolition, remodeling, renovation or repair work, reveals PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM that has not been identified by the asbestos survey per this Part, or has not been identified by other inspections as per current OSHA or EPA requirements, all activities shall cease in the area where the PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM is found and the Asbestos Control Bureau shall be notified by telephone by the building/structure owner or their representative, followed with a written notice in accordance with the notification requirements of this Part. Unassessed PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM shall be treated and handled as ACM and assumed to be ACM, unless proven otherwise by standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi -layered systems sampling protocols; subsequent analyses performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both NYS ELAP and federal requirements, including multi -layered sample analyses, to document non -asbestos containing material. 2.2 Sample Analysis Bulk sample analysis was performed by American Science Team New York Inc., an independent laboratory approved/accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). 10 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com Samples collected during the course of this survey fell into one of two categories. The first category includes non -friable organically bound (NOB) materials. These materials are those which have an organic binder in their matrix and include items such as floor tiles, sheet flooring, mastics, glazings, caulks and roofing materials. The second category includes non -NOB "friable" materials including parging, sheetrock, joint compound, wall insulations, and wallboard. Analysis of all "NOB" materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the New York State Department of Health ELAP 198.6 Gravimetric Reduction Methodology. If a given sample was reported as non -asbestos following this analysis, it was then analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.4 Methodology. Analysis of all "non -NOB" materials was performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the EPA 600/M4/82/020 and the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodologies. Z3 Materials not sampled There were several materials present at the site which were not considered "suspect" by the inspector and were not sampled. These included various fiberglass, foam, vinyl, silicone, wood/cellulose products and concrete/cinder block/brick components. Additionally, no exterior materials sampling was performed as a part of this Survey. 11 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 3.0 SURVEY FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 3.1) Weill Hall (1014) Full Interior Asbestos Survey, Non -Asbestos Materials - Based on results reported for samples collected during this Survey and results from previous Delta Sampling efforts of suspect interior materials present at the building, the following were identified as non - asbestos: Homogenous Area (HA) Non -Asbestos Material 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 2012.004.359-01 * 2012.004.359-02* 2012.004.359-03* 2012.004.359-04* 2012.004.359-05* 2012.004.359-06* 2012.004.359-07* 2012.004.359-08* 2013.044.216-01 * 2013.044.216-02* 2013.044.228-01 * 2013.044.228-02* 2013.044.228-03* 2013.044.228-04* 2013.044.228-05* 2013.044.228-06* 2013.044.228-07* 2013.044.228-08* 2013.044.228-09* 2013.044.228-10* 2013.044.228-11* 2013.044.228-12* 2013.044.228-13* 2013.044.228-14* 2013.044.228-15* 2013.044.228-16* 2013.044.228-17* 2013.044.228-18* Sheetrock Joint Compound Gray Marble Flooring Grout/Mud-set Stair Tread Caulk Carpet Mastic Mastic from Non -Suspect Vinyl Cove Base Stairwell Floor Leveler 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout and Mud -set 1' x 4' Pin-hole Pattern Ceiling Tile 1' x 4' Smooth -Finish Ceiling Tile 1st Floor Ceiling Sheetrock 1st Floor Ceiling Joint Compound 1st Floor Wall Sheetrock 1st Floor Wall Joint Compound Fiberglass Duct Insulation Foil/Brown Wrap Sprinkler Pipe White Putty at Pipe Union Sprinkler Pipe Black Putty at Pipe Union Gray Duct Sealant/Caulk Basement Soffit Sheetrock Basement Soffit Joint Compound Basement Sheetrock Basement Joint Compound Basement 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed Basement Door Frame Caulk Basement 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile Basement Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile Basement Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive Basement Gray Epoxy Floor Coating Basement Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic Basement Wall Joint Caulk Basement Gray Duct Caulk/Sealant Basement White Duct Caulk/Sealant Basement Red Wall Penetration Fire Stop Basement 2' x 4' Pinhole Pattern Ceiling Tile Basement 2' x 4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating Basement 2' x 4' Light Textured Ceiling Tile Basement "Renovation Area" Sheetrock Basement "Renovation Area" Joint Compound 12 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS Homogenous Area (HA) Non -Asbestos Material 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 2013.044.228-19* Basement "Renovation Area" 2" x 12" Light Gray Mottle Pattern Floor Tile * - Homogenous Area (suspect material) previously sampled by Delta All accessible pipe insulation was visually observed to be non -suspect fiberglass or foam. 3.2) Weill Hall (1014) Full Interior Asbestos Survey, Asbestos Containing Materials— Based on results reported for samples collected during this Survey and results from previous Delta Sampling efforts of suspect interior materials present at the building, None were identified as being asbestos -containing materials (ACM's). 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS Weill Hall Interior spaces/rooms which were visible and accessible were inspected and sampled as a part of this survey. Inaccessible areas such as wall cavities and enclosed pipe chases could not be inspected without select demolition. Any materials present in those areas not accessible shall be assumed ACM when encountered, until tested. 13 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS APPENDIX A Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form 14 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com O E �f O O 0 N a) o c O) 0 x a3 o -0 O 0 Z;; O 0 a) 1- 0 t0 >- ti c) Z 0) W ns 0 `m 0 0 0 O 0 co N 0 a) 0) CO Z NA z NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA ND z Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Z Z ND ND ND ND ND ND 0 Z ND ND - 0 Z ND ND 0 Z ci Misc. Misc. Misc. Misc. ci v Misc. Li Misc. Misc. Misc. Misc. ti I 1 Sheetrock - Room 219 - Wall ISheetrock - Outside of Room 329 - Ceiling Sheetrock - Room 431 - Wall Joint Compound - Room 219 - Wall Joint Compound - Outside of Room 329 - Ceiling Joint Compound - Room 431 - Wall Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout/Mud set - 4th Floor Stair Landing Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout/Mud set - Stairwell 30003 Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout/Mud set - Stairwell 20003 Stair Tread Caulk - 4th Floor Stair Landing Stair Tread Caulk - Stairwell - 30003 Stair Tread Caulk - Stairwell - 20003 Carpet Mastic - Lobby 20042 Carpet Mastic - Lobby 30042 N co d' N CO `f' ct CO N 'd' CO N N CO I- O N- O N- O N O N O N O C., O ch O CO O d O 'CI' O rt O to O LO O ^ « Q C- O CO •- O 0 l- O < N O m N O 0 N O < co O m co O 0 co O < V O m ,:r O 0 d' O Q 10 O m 10 O -a� 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 12014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 12014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - co o O coo O N 0 a) 0) CO 860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.23 p000ropporikaoppoopoop opopp000loppp poo - p, Aproo ofitorrooptotootto poppol,mompololoopioppiom 0Atos ND ND a) c.) F.2 1— o • v. -- v <1.0% Trace ND ND ND ND ND ND 0 z ..- 0 Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0 Z -1: ,- —,, — — ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0 z - 6 U) ci . C/) Li (/) ci to Misc. ci cn Misc. Misc. Li co Misc. Li (I) 7s$117:7, lks k ttk 0e0 •tk , Nt"'k t1q16 As. oh k\fAitOtizN4'4\%,'), zt4. 41' tiit,,r14,,wttgointoik,,kkv 4tok, „,f: 00 0 40 0 a, o) & 0401 I .07t000e* 00;00 `000 0'4'0 1000k0 `E'Virt0k00000` tt Carpet Mastic - Lobby 40032 Cove base Mastic - Stairwell 20007 Cove base Mastic - Room 321 Floor Leveler - Stairwell 20001 Floor Leveler - Stairwell 20001 2" x 2" Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile - Grout and Mud set - Room 20020 2" x 2" Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile - Grout and Mud set - Room 40020 1 x 4' Pin Holed Ceiling Tile - Room 219 1' x 4' Pin Holed Ceiling Tile - Room 431 1' x 4' Smooth Ceiling Tile - Room 407A 1' x 4' Smooth Ceiling Tile - Room 303 , :-- 4 CO CV N N •:r N •:t cr CO , 44 LO 0 CO 0 CO 0 r--- 0 N- 0 CO 0 CO 0 0) 0 0) 0 0 7"'"' CD 0 10 0 < (.0 0 CIO CO 0 < N. 0 CI3 N. 0 < CO 0 Ca CO 0 < 0.) 0 03 0) 0 < 0 'C''' Ca 0 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology ND - No Asbestos Detected HA - Homogenous Area Trace 1< 1% - Non -asbestos by definition Misc - Miscellaneous Material TSI - Thermal System Insulation Cornell Univer .DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, E. LAND SURVEYORS APPENDIX B Laboratory Analytical Results 15 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com AMERI SG Delta Engineers Attn: Stephen Prislupsky 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Date Received 02/25/14 AmeriSci Job # 214023809 Date Examined 02/26/14 P.O. # ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 5 RE: 2014.030.037; Cornell University; Weill Hall, 1st Thru 4th Floors, ACM Survey Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2014.030.037-01A 214023809-01 No NAD 01 Location: Floor 2; Sheetrock - Room 219 - Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Brown/Grey, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 10 %, Non-fibrous 90 % 2014.030.037-01 B 214023809-02 No NAD 01 Location: Floor 3; Sheetrock - Outside Of Room 329 - Ceiling (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Brown/Grey, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 50 %, Non-fibrous 50 % 2014.030.037-01 C 214023809-03 No NAD 01 Location: Floor 4; Sheetrock - Room 431 - Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Brown/Grey, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 40 %, Non-fibrous 60 % 2014.030.037-02A 214023809-04 No NAD 02 Location: Floor 2; Joint Compound - Room 219 - Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2014.030.037-02B 214023809-05 No 02 Location: Floor 3; Joint Compound - Outside Of Room 329 - Ceiling alyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 214023809 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2014.030.037; Cornell University; Weill Hall, 1st Thru 4th Floors, ACM Survey Page 2 of 5 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2014.030.037-02C 214023809-06 No NAD 02 Location: Floor 4; Joint Compound - Room 431 - Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2014.030.037-03A 214023809-07 No NAD 03 Location: Floor 4; Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout /Mudset - 4th Floor Stair Landing (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 2014.030.037-03B 214023809-08 No NAD 03 Location: Floor 3; Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout / Mudset - Stairwell 30003 (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2014.030.037-03C 214023809-09 No NAD 03 Location: Floor 2; Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout / Mudset - Stairwell 20003 (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2014.030.037-04A 214023809-10 No NAD 04 Location: Floor 4; Stair Tread Caulk - 4th Floor Stair Landing (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 24.6 2014.030.037-04B 214023809-11 No NAD 04 Location: Floor 3; Stair Tread Caulk - Stairwell - 30003 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 232 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 214023809 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2014.030.037; Cornell University; Weill Hall, 1st Thru 4th Floors, ACM Survey Page 3 of 5 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2014.030.037-040 214023809-12 No NAD 04 Location: Floor 2; Stair Tread Caulk - Stairwell - 20003 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 25 % 2014.030.037-05A 214023809-13 No NAD 05 Location: Floor 2; Carpet Mastic - Lobby 20042 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Yellow, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 36.3 % 2014.030.037-05B 214023809-14 No NAD 05 Location: Floor 3; Carpet Mastic - Lobby 30042 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Yellow, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 37.1 % 2014.030.037-050 214023809-15 No NAD 05 Location: Floor 4; Carpet Mastic - Lobby 40042 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Yellow, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 12.7 % 2014.030.037-06A 214023809-16 No NAD 06 Location: Floor 2; Covebase Mastic - Stairwell 20007 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 43.2 % 2014.030.037-06B 214023809-17 No NAD Q6 Location: Floor 3; Covebase Mastic - Room 321 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 46.5 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 214023809 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2014.030.037; Cornell University; Weill Hall, 1st Thru 4th Floors, ACM Survey Page 4 of 5 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2014.030.037-07A 214023809-18 No NAD 07 Location: Floor 2; Floor Leveler - Stairwell 20001 (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2014.030.037-07B 214023809-19 07 Location: Floor 2; Floor Leveler - Stairwell 20001 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 2014.030.037-08A 214023809-20 No NAD 08 Location: Floor 2; 2" x 2" Ceramic Floor And Wall Tile - Grout And Mudset - Room (by NYS ELAP 198.1) 20020 by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2014.030.037-08B 214023809-21 No NAD 08 Location; Floor 4; 2" x 2" Ceramic Floor And Wall Tile - Grout And Mudset - Room (by NYS ELAP 198.1) 40020 by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Cementitious, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 2014.030.037-09A 214023809-22 No NAD 09 Location: Floor 2; 1' x 4' Pin Holed Ceiling Tile - Room 219 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 48.3 % 2014.030.037-09B 214023809-23 No NAD 09 Location: Floor 4; 1' x 4' Pin Holed Ceiling Tile - Room 431 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 28.8 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 214023809 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2014.030.037; Cornell University; Weill Hall, 1st Thru 4th Floors, ACM Survey Page 5 of 5 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2014.030.037-10A 214023809-24 No NAD 10 Location: Floor 4; 1' x 4' Smooth Ceiling Tile - Room 407A (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 22.3 % 2014.030.037-10B 214023809-25 No NAD 10 Location: Floor 3; 1' x 4' Smooth Ceiling Tile - Room 303 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by David W. Roderick on 02/26/14 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 27.5 % Reporting Notes: Analyzed by: David W. Roderick 'NAD/NSD =no asbestos detect , A =not analyzed; NAPS=not analyzed/positive stop; PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP Lab Code 200546-0), ELAP PLM Method 198.1 for NY friable samples, which includes the identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples or EPA 400 pt ct by EPA 600/M4-82-020 (NY ELAP Lab ID11480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable In detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,8/1/94) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except in full without the approval of the lab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA Lab # 102843, RI Cert#AAL-094. CT Cert#PH-0186, Mass Cert#AA000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT >. (NI .0 4.. 0 o < < < < « 0 0 < < < < < 2 0 0 0 0 < < < < A— 2 Lij Z Z ZZ Z Z z z a) 2 • Z Z Zz z z z co .1 EL : AmeriSci Job #: 214023809 Client Name: Delta Engineers Client Sample# a 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 < < < < < < < < < < < < < < zZ Z z Z Z Z Z z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z 0 2014.030.037-01A ck - Room 219 - Wall 8 C‘i 8 IIII1111 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 17? N. c o 0 0 C-.1 0 C•1 E 0.1 8 0) 0 6-; :0 I I I I I 3 ,) e, t 8 0 8 En DICD CV '5 = it o to c.1 8 c,4 10 60 co v- cs, 0 r) co i I 1 ..5 Cs1 0,3 on—. Zsi ,,- o c6 c6 - ,- ci ci ..- T3- co ci c co . '5c C•Jc, Ten li);) 1-1);) V) 07 E -0 -sr -0 8 0 0 rs- 8 0 2 2 2 = oo o cG -. tii 6 (NI o ..... ..... i Csa 0 0 V) 0 0 2 0 "4. 2 2 2 o •gr o Tr8 0 8 0 ,,, 8 00 c7) E 0 0 0 LT- or 0) Tr 5 E 7° .,—) 8 0 8 a) a) 0 5 co .0 .o o co >. >. >'Tr X 0 CC I= P IE .0 .0 .16 0 o < -o co -0 °'< E 8ai go8 a -1 t 0 1,,,m 3, 0. -9, ...t c Su , ',E) 1 x o = a c.1 cs4 sc4 s LT. ti a-.. 4, . 0 0 0 9 too o as a) 0 0)1.:.. 'cl) I-- to t- t.:. a p:. a ,... a V) e co 2 cl 2 cf 2 ° co 0 co co co co co 0, co co 2. 2. c; co c( g 8 ,..6 8 6 8 m m R g •-- 1- 1- rD 53 -6 5') -. c, .. c, , 6')4 2 4 .E, 0. .5 0. g., E 2 2 Ti ..§ 's '5 � vr co v ,cv 7_r 8 4 .5' 2 "4:- '6 0 6z isi (s1 6i 4,1:- CN1 ...1 CNI ..ti N tki Csi 65 " q 4: iri,_ Csi Cq TJ: Cri ,.... ',S3 8 '5 0 8 8 8 8 8 0 8 8 0 8 0 8- U _ u_ u. U. u. u. L LL. u. U. Lc. LL. (0 C.1 0 6,1 (.1 tri csi C•1 (0 Li co Tr 61) 0 (.1 c"). co co co (NI 6,) .tr co co U LL 0 g g g o $ E :o :0 :0 See Reporting notes on last page CNI 11 D% ;ix 2 4 Wm 0 CA 00 0 I:0 (V o 2 c) T., 1E < z a z a z a a a a w i 8 0 CD 2 . Z z z Z Z 1- CD U) 0 in far CD E',...-; La ..... cb 0 a try) in co c0 11 .0 o Ii_) ca. Z.._ > 0 .o °con c 0 (I)co o 0 a D 0 0 0 D 0 0 Z Lcl Z Z 2 < < < < < < Z < 4:._ a) ii E z z z z Z z Z co. E > > -a c ca .1 ss t. F Z To c co co -a' or E X 0 >. CD E 14 -0 66 - CI)0 ... 7 ...r. E 0 76 in 0 CD ll < u, .. CO .§ U) ) ca. C = En: .0 m u -K 2 (0 s 0? cl to o co = c la 8 = .8 ,.. ci ...- 1 co -Lr co N N csa N N: } OD CO CO 0 W ri: = 6 O II m = > c .u) .f.. z = z 0 • FL) co 2., 0 c 4.,-a.- 8• <(0 $.! 0- 5 0 u LLI a) co V, 8 1 I I 1-zr cr. cci vi tO X eo *-. - >,_ s 0 To c 0 V) I 79 m l C,3 CO 114 - cl3 F. 0 7 7 MI XI 0 °Z0V '5 4) 0 N 0 N.cE.3 V Q T w to 8 a E -Lr E ..: o S 2 0 e cq 8 8 '": r.-: - 0: Q., 4 - . a) CD c E (° n z c a co , () , )- cc) ..- ..- 0 To ..s iv cr.s. V O3 t4 Z -Z13 CI) 0 tu. Cl) Ty u) < cc o o > •- c U) CO LE 0 0 13 u., . E 8 2 IL -a 2 -o E 4 1 < 8 0 ii, ..,- ,4, - 0 U (7) i 4-) '5 7 01 ,-.. , c •E E •-, E = t" I 1 ••=1 g) 2 0 2 o 2 2 ° a) o c; 'RI - :!--' q ca a) E E vr c..) u) 03 B v •zt E 1:-. 8 8 E E E . C1-.< fl CV 0 m co i.,i r- ?-rI7'X ec' 8 ;Eo) i4v oc.,coo cocicocr co coo 0 o o z E c o a .c a) 4) N cv -a i:-- E 2 8 = = a 0, rf g g 8 8' 8 = -6 = . .2' „, 43 v „,, =.J M li C.) 3 . 5 6_co E x (-- i 8 c - E in 0 To —0.3 o 1 0 L.1.; la u) >> w = co .F EE 0 a) C.) 0 U) ci CO -I -J •»el -0 c . . c -0 N a.;" 6i 61 tki 41: i'si N ,47 407 t"i. a. •E 6 L .... a)8' 8 8 Y.2 2 o o o 0 8 8 0 L.,... u. LL_ LL U. U. U.. U. LL g 2 o g E E ,•• :8 B a 5 o za g :0 8 r, 2 . . -§ g g cs, g al E .- ‘-• >, o , ...- E 7 a— • — . , — AmeriSci Job #: 214023809 Client Name: Delta Engineers ) ineers.com 0 Description 1 Sample Location Sheetrock - Room 219 - Wall Sheetrock - Outside of Room 329 - Ceiling Sheetrock - Room 431 - Wall Joint Compound - Room 219 - Wall Joint Compound - Outside of Room 329 - Ceiling Joint Compoun - Room 431 - Wall r) o EL - CV Cr) V' 01 CO 'Cr c Ti 0 T.. T.. 13 .12 co c 2 0 0 ti at c t a) cc Intact Intact Intact ti a) Material Type I 0 (1) 0 co a (1) Misc. ci U) .... (.5 (I) Sample Number < SO O (2 O < cc %: 03 Ci 0 (c\p' 2014.030.037 -I 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - , r-- cv) 0 ci co c) CV 2014.030.037 Lu >z - .S2 a 4) • (0 0) co 0 zN (0 c 0 02 Co 0) >z - E as 0)0 zcc(0c P 198.4 TEM Ca 0) a) (0 > E as c4 E o CD 0 > > U com. rcherev ) IT) 0) • 0) (0 (0 43 (1.3 2 0 o o (1)0 • 0 o E o 15 EoE ineers.com 860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.23 0 w ca Date: 2/24/2014 1 Client Project No.: Turnaround Time: 24 Hour 2 1 4 0 2 3 8 0 9 Collected By: Thomas Ferro/Mike Drobak iDelta Project No.: 2014.030.037 IClient: Cornell University Project: Weill Hall 1st Thru 4th Floors ACM Survey Description / Sample Location Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout/Mudset - 4th Floor Stair Landing Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout/Mudset - Stairwell 30003 Gray Marble Floor Tile Grout/Mudset - Stairwell 20003 Stair Tread Caulk - 4th Floor Stair Landing 1 Stair Tread Caulk - Stairwell - 30003 Stair Tread Caulk - Stairwell - 20003 1 Carpet Mastic - Lobby 20042 1 Carpet Mastic - Lobby 30042 Carpet Mastic - Lobby 40032 Covebase Mastic - Stairwell 20007 Covebase Mastic - Room 321 Floor Leveler - Stairwell 20001 1Floor Leveler - Stairwell 20001 2" x 2" Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile - Grout and Mudset - Room 20020 2" x 2" Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile - Grout and Mudset - Room 40020 ... 0 0 L.-. c To 0 us c Intact Intact Intact Intact t...,0 tc Intact Intact Intact Intact Intact Intact Intact ti cu c Material Type Misc. 0 W Misc. 0 U) Misc. ci cn Misc. Misc. 6 u) Misc. 0 0 c..) 0 (1) Sample Number < o � cr) 0 0 co 0 < QD 0 0 .ct 0 <co0 co 0 ID 0 0 < CD 0 tfl< CD 0 Nr•-•, 0 co 0 < CO 0 CO 0 2014.030.037 -1 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - I, - CO 0 CO 0 4 ..--: CV 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - ineers.com aE cn co Description / Sample Location 1' x 4' Pin Holed Ceiling Tile - Room 219 1' x 4' Pin Holed Ceiling Tile - Room 431 1' x 4' Smooth Ceiling Tile - Room 407A 1' x 4' Smooth Ceiling Tile - Room 303 1.. 0 0 CV 'V t (Y) U. Material Condition Intact Intact Intact Intact Sample Number I Material Type 0 co Misc. Misc. 6 ca < (0 < co 0) a 0) a 0 .•-• 0 ‘•-• 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - 2014.030.037 - /.DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAN© SURVEYORS APPENDIX C 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors Company and Personnel Certifications 16 eYark.Stateepertnient of.I a Division o Safely tend Kealth License lid GOrttficate tJ tt State Ca[npus,utldtnj 12 Albany NY 12240 RESTOS HANDLING LICE ilta<glneer s;" 0•Hoo :er Roa FILE NUMBER: Y, LICENSE NUMBER' , 322 LICENSE CLASS .RE#RI DATE OF ISSUE 08/08/2013_ !� EXPIRATION, DATE: 094301 0'4 )uktly{; 441114 edRepresentative '£ is sh s been .issued to aced~ t N y YQx�tat . Codes, .!Roles `,a. se iou, vietatiottof tate, federal c r • res on ibility in tbe: pnduct of anycj+ Thicet iso. asbestos p0e.o State hat. beer Depart t o nceiwtth pjib pr�{s+�saon :eggicatrcsqg l `i pXit Part i 4 is +s wy�t z'e�UJ xd tq,.�tI c n i in*elyin 'as •ostos or asisestt if'Of the La r Law of New Xpr1 ect to- su nsion or revocation estop pre! t, or (2) demon rate` � ky 74 rS: R onfor the contractor nal:eabo%e and-tiai�ihcense dY.' piiotoeopy,.must befi�mt�iently dispiae a Stteh This icense verifies thata11 persons empioyed,1Sxhe licensee on milts ests cprojtgs,tx a e Y ed an estos `Certificate, approprtate f'or t e tyje oT ort they perform, !by!!the ew YorI ate a� M. Franko, Acting Director SH 4.32 /12 For the Commissioner of Labor r_AlgwavaiL.. P FERRO (12/14) BIBS RAZ BAIR PRO BoT 5' OD" 1..528 " 08 111101111111111111111 IF FOUND =TUBB TO: =IDOL - LAC UNIT BOON 181A. BUILDING 12 max orkica mime ALBANY NT 12240 STATE OF NEW YORK- DEP :.. OF OR ASBESTOS CERTIFICATE AK SP(07/14) MUST SE CARRIED ON AS O PR E EYES HAZ HAIR BRO HGT 6' 02" IIIIII1IIiIFI IF FOUND RETURN TO: NYSDOL - L&C UNIT ROOM 161A BUILDING 12 STATE OFFICE CAMPUS ALBANY NY 12240 ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS APPENDIX D Laboratory Certifications 17 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com YORK STATED. PAfR'i1MENT OF HEALTH: WADSWORTI'CENTER Expires:12:01.AMApril 41,;2014 Issued AprIi,01, 2013 r1FJCATE QF.APPRcwAL FflR`1.ABoRAToRY BERvIcE Issued in accorctanoe with: end pursuant to.sectton 502 Public Heaith;t;aw of NeW York Siete rI.KR1SNNAPPA CA SCIENCE TEAM:NEWYQRKjNC `N1Y 10018 NY Leb id'No: 11480 Is: hereby:APPRQVED as.an Environmental Labarataryforthe category. ENIGIRONMENTAL ANALYSES:'8OLIQ AN D.HAZARDOUS WAST E All approved subcategories and/.or analytes.areafsted°below:- • EPA pep_ 1M4182IO2q Ire t 188,4 .ot Nlancrat Asbestos•In,Non Friable Material PLM Iter } f l a>3ual (NOB bit Asb.est©sln;Non Fdabje Material TEM Item r o It nue ,. Property showy on succ+ 1ler1fy Ui of New Yorh3tgte;2eppttn}or�toiU th. Grit;icale Id:only t ddreaa r��rst Is8 c4 r s !dsiYrT 93ffd, s dsate prS clo r&efut of gol 9sp�►llcipet{On lt�rti a Ptogrp m Coris tries &e rgsd�f4`491{'t5 81 A85�55TtYtii Page :1 of 1 June 11, 2013 Mr. Paul Mucha America Science TEAM New York, Inc. DBA: AmeriSci New York 117 E. 30th Street New York, NY 10016 Dear Mr. Mucha: U ITED STAT DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Inst to of Standards and Technology Gaithersburg, Maryland 20899 NVLAP Lab Code: 200546-0 I am pleased to inform you that continuing accreditation for specific test methods in Bulk Asbestos Fiber Analysis (PLM) is granted to your organization under the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). This accreditation is effective until June 30, 2014, provided that your organization continues to comply with accreditation requirements contained in the NVLAP Procedures. Your Certificate of Accreditation is enclosed along with a statement of your Scope of Accreditation. You may reproduce these documents in their entirety and announce your organization's accreditation status using the NVLAP symbol and/or term in business publications, the trade press, and other business -oriented literature. Accreditation does not relieve your organization from observing and complying with any applicable existing laws and/or regulations. We are pleased to have you participate in NVLAP and look forward to your continued association with this program. If you have any questions concerning your NVLAP accreditation, please direct them to Hazel M. Richmond, Program Manager, Laboratory Accreditation Program, National Institute of Standards and Technology, 100 Bureau Dr. Stop 2140, Gaithersburg, MD 20899-2140; (301) 975-4016. Sincerely, iiim_a4ALQ Warren R. Merkel, Chief Laboratory Accreditation Program Enclosure(s) NIST/NVLAP • 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 2140 • Gaithersburg, MD 20899-2140 http://www,nist.gov/nvlap MVU National Voluntary 0111 OF ectfr Laboratory Accreditation Program sr <k, `9?*4 TES O SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION TO ISO/IEC 17025:2005 AmeriSci New York DBA: AmeriSci New York 117 E. 30th Street New York, NY 10016 Mr. Paul Mucha Phone: 212-679-8600 Fax 212-679-2711 E -Mail: pmucha@arnerisci.com URL: http://www.anierisci.com BUM( ASBESTOS FIBER ANALYSIS (PLM) NVLAP Code Designation I Description 18/A01 EPA 600/M4-82-020: Interim Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Insulation Samples 18/A03 EPA 600/R-93/116: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials NVLAP LAB CODE 200546-0 2013-07-01 through 2014-06-30 Effective dates Page 1 of 1 For the National Institute of Standards and Technology NVLAP-01S (REV. 2005-05-19) c cDE cDu o c {ts O C cls t1� t 4' ca (0 vi 0 tri cr N N co 40 Is- 0 0 0 crs c �� r Q5 s-13 pa O Qz L p E ci) r U a• 'a ocoU Et.> o �t (1) (1) (.) fi "„ .Q U L ) 0 0 - .z • V cb c 8oE ro 0 -EE L co • U =} ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS APPENDIX E Bulk Sample Location Drawing 18 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com 331mran Ltgotak Weill Hall 2nd Floor Weill Hall 3rd Floor .DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, 8 LAND SURVEYORS APPENDIX F Previous Delta Sample Information 19 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com -0 0 0 O CD CO 0 Cf) CO o M CO CO fl z N 0 = r n .) 88 CflX N co c r LL •m E 0 N G 0) Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form tU Z NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Z 0 Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0 Z ✓z F rYF 0 Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0 Z FFFeF�' rF a Misc. Misc. Misc. N Misc. Misc. Misc. a Misc. N_ )�. i `",a,9„n ,tr.a SYya?a t0, t4 , "VA� <Att. White Ceiling Sheetrock, South -Central White Ceiling Sheetrock, North White Ceiling Joint Compound, South -Central White Ceiling Joint Compound, North White Wall Sheetrock, North White Wall Sheetrock, South White Wall Joint Compound, North White Wall Joint Compound, South Fiberglass Duct Insulation Foil/Brown Wrap, East Fiberglass Duct Insulation Foil/Brown Wrap, West Sprinkler Pipe White Putty from Pipe Union, West c— O O CN 0 N 0 M 0 M 0 V 0 d 0 to 0 10 0 CO 0 6Ff, �Xh < 0LO m O < 0 CO CN 0 M 0 m 0 < 0 CO 0 (Q 0 m 0 CO 0 -Nsolr,41V8 i;1 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - i O 10 CO 0 0 N O N 2012.004.359 - 2012.004.359 - (f) (IS ti5 c • O RS E coas Q E m O O ( Q) 0CJ< NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology ND - No Asbestos Detected HA - Homogenous Area Trace / < 1% - Non -asbestos by definition Misc. - Miscellaneous Material TSI - Thermal System Insulation 43 2 cc) c (1) E P. a> — co D u) 0 E o as co 0 0 < 0 Z 0 z ND ND 0 z ,., "--, 000 Z Z ND ND Z ,—. ..v ,,,.. .,..,." 0 Z 00 z ND ND z # . ' . . ' (.5(5 ca co Li cn 6 (n 0 CD \,<,w I 441 from Pipe Union, Sprinkler Central Pipe Sprinkler Pipe Black Putty from Pipe Union, West Sprinkler Pipe Black Putty from Pipe Union, Central Grey Duct Sealant/Caulk, West Grey Duct Sealant/Caulk, West , — c- V.- T- r v- (0 0 N.- 0 N- 0 00 0 CO 0 wirvitippr 7 2012.004.359 - 06B 2012.004.359 - 07A 2012.004.359 - 07B 2012.004.359 -108A 2012.004.359 - 08B NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology ND - No Asbestos Detected HA - Homogenous Area Trace / < 1% - Non -asbestos by definition Misc. - Miscellaneous Material TSI - Thermal System Insulation 43 2 cc) c (1) E P. a> — co D u) 0 E o as co 0 0 < AMERI SCI Delta Engineers Attn: Stephen Prislupsky 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Date Received 01/26/13 AmeriSci Job # 213014523 Date Examined 01/26/13 P.O. # ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 3 RE: 2012.004.359; Cornell University; Weill Hall - Cafe Water Damage "Limited" Bulk Sampling Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2012.004.359-01A 213014523-01 No 01 Location: 1st Floor, White Sheetrock (Ceiling) - South Central Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 3 %, Fibrous glass 2 %, Non-fibrous 95 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 1981) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 2012.004.359-01 B 213014523-02 No NAD 01 Location: 1st Floor, White Sheetrock (Ceiling)- North Central (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 3 %, Fibrous glass 2 %, Non-fibrous 95 % 2012.004.359-02A 213014523-03 No NAD 02 Location: 1st Floor, White Joint Compound (Ceiling) - South Central (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2012.004.359-02B 213014523-04 No NAD 02 Location: 1st Floor, White Joint Compound (Ceiling) - North Central (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2012.004.359-03A 213014523-05 03 Location: 1st Floor, White Sheetrock (Wall) - North Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 3 %, Fibrous glass 2 %, Non-fibrous 95 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213014523 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2012.004.359; Cornell University; Weill Hall - Cafe Water Damage "Limited" Bulk Sampling Page 2 of 3 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2012.004.359-03B 213014523-06 No NAD 03 Location: 1st Floor, White Sheetrock (Wall) - South (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 3 %, Fibrous glass 2 %, Non-fibrous 95 % 2012.004.359-04A 213014523-07 No NAD 04 Location: lst Floor, White Joint Compound (Wall) - North (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2012.004.359-04B 213014523-08 No NAD 04 Location: 1st Floor, White Joint Compound (Wall) - South (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2012.004.359-05A 213014523-09 No NAD 05 Location: 1st Floor, Foil/Brown Backed Duct Insulation Wrap - East (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: Silver/Brown, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 40 %, Fibrous glass 10 %, Non-fibrous 50 % 2012.004.359-05B 213014523-10 No NAD 05 Location: 1st Floor, Foil/Brown Backed Duct Insulation Wrap - West (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Tara L. Fisher on 01/26/13 Analyst Description: Silver/Brown, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 40 %, Fibrous glass 10 %, Non-fibrous 50 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213014523 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2012.004.359; Cornell University; Weill Hall - Cafe Water Damage "Limited" Bulk Sampling Page 3 of 3 Reporting Notes: Analyzed by: Tara L. Fisher *NAD/NSD =no asbestos detected; NA =not analyzed; NAPS=not analyzed/positive stop: PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP Lab Code 200546-0), ELAP PLM Method 198.1 for NY friable samples, which includes the identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples (NY ELAP Lab IDI1480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,811/94) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except in full without the approval of the Iab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA Lab # 102843, RI Cert#AAL-094, CT Cert#PH-0186, Mass Cert#AA000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT r0 _ C 0 wO 0 0 Q) mw }-- Z Z Z d : 0 y 0) ai E E CO Z Y Nt m 00 F¢ Q1 a) r r...O o Q. 0 (1) ai a Es W 0 c c 0 E z c co Z0 .0 m N 'Sa' m _= a) "a.0E. M 0 u 5 f o p 0w0 cotL— r a) COra N ` CD CI) C 4.1 > co 0 CD m .Q U) Tu tD w aLE E E E m • IT CO a> 0 0d Lt" o x.,t co E O N N AmeriSci Job #: 213014524 Client Sample# u � No. E m N to Z N N <CI Z 0 to tNr)i ) LC) 4M') M M 20123.004.359-06A 20123.004.359-06B 20123.004.359-07A 20123.004.359-07B 0 1,_ c O c 0. D 0 i5 c 0. N CO p O 20123.004.359-08A N •c R C) In U 0 0) 8 c 0 20123.004.359-08B U LL II 2~ y0 -15 IW- m U) N Gl Z N Nc m EZfl Qj ).O - G0 C N to CO II 0 o 0 Q N N Y Z d '0 o N to c 0 J Z O Z a_ >ug m m j > ao ZZ rn g cr N @ C O Q) c ar -caa CO a$i oQ E�yr vii 0 N Q a) -0 ` 9 0 yN 0 N -6 .0 R m o >- m m 03 O c 0 > Z it N ¢N ZQ o• rn m 6- r- 5 5 Oa W > O �p ,r = CO coil- - Z co 0 J a 5 0 C N 0) n 0 a 0 c t0 E c c m To r lD E x c 5 0) a) c 0 0 0) to to me U) y 3 O To c 00 lD .0 m .c tV O m 0 c CO0 '9 *O C > 4i• .O+ v N O c U E "8 u) y c > 3 a)0 =g J 1]. w 0 0 •c O 8 ro � E 2a) u9- 0- 2 10 - Z E C _ C E c 2 ineers.com 10. Sample Data Sheet al 0 Lciz.cc4 3.21 Collected By: Description / Sample Location rr L .� .4- 7 r, �J , j 40 ... L G} v i 1 ,..,....„, I1 _ t v e { ,S .-tom , ., J .2 a ,.b - J y \' s- t cy... ^-2 i (-4 y la O u. "ii O L 2 U Cf, Material Type () m O Z 2 a ISample Number -2 0 =t' 3 3: <r. o '°C v 'i. v v 1 m U N_ v N ( ( i 1 ( 1 1 0 • • • • • • 0 m 0 z z at m 0 z R CJ7 a a ea fD O O cu ea en 0 Submitted By: Received By: FF16045REV.0106/23/2010 E ‘zr 0 0 C) 012 c\I CO c a) ca u_ CY) CeZ CN! (0 LCD CZ 0 w 0 CN1 CD Cr; e --I 713 o 4-, CJ "r$ m 4-, •: 0 0) 0 0 0 0. 4a. 0 Collected By: c co Description / Sample Location , • cr (.. -.>_., ":- A ‘ \k N Q .'t •›. , _ ' .,... .. 7 7.: • ____ r - - ,,,-\ _..5. .••••••••- . .=-.-.. -.-... t -...- - . ""••• .. ...p.\-• ---.. - s.. 1 .., s (.1e.1\ C- c.) \ vA- " t •-.. .... . _ 0 0 LT. ----- -- .....) ,-..." a - "ci I: gz Material Type ,..., ...„„ - m 0 Z Sample Number <3 t ..,..1 cr \ --..:J- c3 , I:1 -..) r -s,) t L i ..." E 0 cc) (..) (0. (,) (• T) C • .1 • •C • 15) c x 61) ca 11. TD O -0 c.0 co N c7) CS) a)1— or- >- z 0 -o c LU as 0 co 8 LL 0 a. 0. E CJI 0 .0 z z z z z z z z z z z z Miscellaneous Sheetrock - Room B80 So Miscellaneous Sheetrock - Room B80 Soffitt Miscellaneous Compound - Room B80 Soffitt Miscellaneous Joint Compound - Room 680 Soffitt "./ co 2013.044216-1O1A co 2013.044.216 - 0 0 (/) a.) 0 11 -6 (1) Tts z z 0 0 -0 0 1)"' ND - No Asbestos Detected /001111. AMERI Sci AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Delta Engineers Date Received 08/30/13 AmeriSci Job # 213085872 Attn: Stephen Prislupsky Date Examined 08/30/13 P.O. # 860 Hooper Road ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 2 RE: 2013.044.216; Cornell University; Weill Hall, Room B80 Wall Endwell, NY 13760 Soffit Bulk Sampling Services Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2013.044.216-01 A 213085872-01 No NAD 01 Location: B Floor, Sheetrock - Room B80 Wall Soffit (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Ella Babayeva on 08/30/13 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 5 %, Fibrous glass Trace, Non-fibrous 95 % 2013.044.216-01 B 213085872-02 No NAD 01 Location: B Floor, Sheetrock - Room B80 Wall Soffit (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Ella Babayeva on 08/30/13 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Fibrous glass Trace, Non-fibrous 100 % 2013.044.216-02A 213085872-03 No NAD 02 Location: B Floor, Joint Compound - Room B80 Wall Soffit (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Ella Babayeva on 08/30/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 2013.044.216-02B 213085872-04 No NAD 02 Location: B Floor, Joint Compound - Room B80 Wall Soffit (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Ella Babayeva on 08/30/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213085872 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 201.044.216; Cornell University; Weill Hall, Room B80 Wall Soffit Bulk Sampling Services Page 2 of 2 Reporting Notes: Analyzed by: Ella Babayeva 'NAD/NSD =no asbestos detected; NA =not analyzed; NAPS •tianalyzed/positive stop; PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP Lab Code 20054-6-0), ELAP PLM Method 198.1 for NY friable samples, which includes the Identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples (NY ELAP Lab ID11480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM Is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,8/1194) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except In full without the approval of the Iab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA Lab # 102843, RI Cert#AAL-094, CT Cert#PH-0186, Mass Cert#AA000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT 860 Hooper Road, E idwell, NY 13760 Sample Location/Description a J J 3 ,,Q 1 k4 3 1_ a ..: 0 u_ Material Condition Material Sample Number Type 2013, C34/97 • Z D/4 MI OMNI O2 <C 03 J0) U) Q- >W _0 U) asz >- co E c co Ct5 CD ©c Z� (tS Tts N a) 0 a) c c N 0 F. N 0 0 O E 0 co 0) Received B E d' o O U O i N N o O o LL 0 O O Cr;; O CO H O O N M >z N W O N Q O O O co co Iz h �r a NA NA NA NA NA NA NA ND ND ND ND ND 0 z 9 � Q Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND z rirAtelyirvi, , i8 ttv seef�„AmsY.3% fix: ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND 0 z �t y. U Misc. Misc. U Misc. Misc. U Misc. Misc. Misc. Misc. Misc. Misc. U U '1 '041V4A M s M 611'2 Sheetrock, Room 847 Wall Sheetrock, Room B42 Wall a3 M N m E O O .. 0 O L 'al N 'c'^ co Joint Compound, Room B47 Wall Joint Compound, Room B42 Wall Joint Compound, Room B23 Wall 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed, Room 80020 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed, Room 80020 Door Frame Caulk, Room B15 Door Frame Caulk, Room B23 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile, Room B23 (Stock) 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile, Room B42 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile, Room B42 Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile, Room B42 CD co BM BM BM BM BM BM m BM BM BM BM m m- 0 c-- 0 N- 0 N 0 N 0 N 0 CO 0 M 0 d' 0 d' 0 t(7 0 10 0 10 0 O 0 Q •- 0 CO 1- 0 0 r- 0 < N 0 CO N 0 0 NCO 0 0 CO 0 V' V' 0 m 0 t� 0 CO10 0 lu 0 CO 0 2013.044.228 -I 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 1. 2013.044.228 -. 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - O N N V' V' O M O N 2013.044.228 - V- 0 N CO 0- E O LL 0 0. a. E N 0 N .0 +A Z ND ND Z ND -I ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Z ...,,• 00 Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND Z Li Misc. Misc. N Misc. Misc. Misc. N N Misc. Misc. Misc. Misc. Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile, Room B42 Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile, Room B42 Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive, Room B15 Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive, Room B23 Gray Epoxy Floor Coating, Room B0024 Gray Epoxy Floor Coating, Room B0024 Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic, Corridor B0053 Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic, Corridor B0040 Wall Joint Caulk, Corridor at bathrooms Wall Joint Caulk, Room B56 Gray Duct Caulk/Sealant, Corridor B53 Gray Duct Caulk/Sealant, Corridor B53 White Duct Caulk/Sealant, Room B47D White Duct Caulk/Sealant, Room B47C m BM BM BM BM BM BM m m BM m co BM m " co O CO 0 r— 0 f� 0 co 0 co 0 o) 0 o) 0 O N- O s- c- c- N c- N c- CO ® `'= CO 0 0 CO 0 < r 0 CO r-- 0 Q co 0 CO co 0 Q C) 0 CO O 0 Q co — CO o — Q ,— — CO — — Q N — CO N r 400, 2013.044.228 - 12013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 -. 12013.044.228 -. 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 4- 0 a) 0) (0 O_ co. 10 0 co CO0 0 (D. Cr; N 0 -a3 0 CO >- z 73 -c ca 43 0 E 0 C0 0) as 73 • E u_ 0 a) E cn Ti5 a) "5 10 a) 0) a. ND NO ND ND ND 0 Z ND ND ND ND NA < Z NA NA ..'•,,,,, .-..., ND ND 0 Z ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND -•'--- „ ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND .-• ,. . 4...; -oz •:". • -.., ..--•.' ci Misc. ti 0 <3 (i) Misc. ci (1) Misc. Misc. Misc. Li (i) Misc. Misc. ci (1) • Wali ren B0040 Red Wall Penetration Fire Stop, Corridor B0040 2' x 4' Pinhole Pattern Ceiling Tile, Corridor B0043 2'x 4' Pinhole Pattern CeiIing Tile, Corridor B0042 2'x4' Pinhole Pattern CeiIing Tile, Corridor B0042 2'x4' Fiberglass CeiIing Tile Textured Coating, Room B47 2' x 4' Fiberg!ass CeUing Tile Textured Misc. Coating, Room B47D 2' x 4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating, Room B47B 2' x 4' Light Textured Ceiling Tile, Room B07 2' x 4' Light Textured Ceiling Tile, Room B07 "Renovation Area" Sheetrock, Room B07 Wall "Renovation Area" Sheetrock, Room B07 Wall "Renovation Area" Joint Compound, Room B07 Wall "Renovation Area" Joint Compound, Room B07 Wall ,o,-,,-,.,•- , ..• ,- z , _ 2 co BM BM 2 co BM 2 co BM BM 2 co BM BM BM 2 co BM 2013.044.228 - co 10 T- < ,:r r ca er C- 0 st 1- < 10 r uo 0 r 0 LO r < CO r co (0 r < r-- r m r•-- r < (0 C- co CO V- 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - "5 10 a) 0) a. o E o (0 o • to [� NL M N 0 ,c o x 61) o o 0 C.;; M N r 0 0 7130 t0 ti M r >- z 0 W t0 O O 0 O O 0 co co Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form 0 z 0 z 0 z U 0, O 0 u_ 0 LL a) o 2 >, 0 E.D. Cn 0 M N p)CD E tV• 0 O • ryX • 0 (V 0) 0) 0) 2013.044.228 - 0 Z 0 z 0 z O 0 c 0 LL N 2Y U /o L co (D or"— o) o) tV O O X 0 F- 0) 2013.044.228 -119B NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology ND - No Asbestos Detected HA - Homogenous Area Trace / < 1% - Non -asbestos by definition Misc - Miscellaneous Material TSI - Thermal System Insulation AMERI SCI Delta Engineers Attn: Stephen Prislupsky 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Date Received 09/19/13 AmeriSci Job # 213093236 Date Examined 09/20/13 P.O. # ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 8 RE: 2013.044.228; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-01A 213093236-01 No NAD 1 Location: BM Sheetrock, Room B47 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose Trace, Fibrous glass 2 %, Non-fibrous 98 % 3013-044.228-01 B 213093236-02 No NAD 1 Location: BM Sheetrock, Room B42 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 45 %, Fibrous glass Trace, Non-fibrous 55 % 3013-044.228-01 C 213093236-03 No NAD 1 Location: BM Sheetrock, Room B23 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Fibrous glass Trace, Non-fibrous 80 % 3013-044.228-02A 213093236-04 No NAD 2 Location: BM Joint Compound, Room B47 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 3013-044.228-02B 213093236-05 No NAD 2 Location: BM Joint Compound, Room B42 WaII (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2013.044.228; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Page 2 of 8 Client No. 1 HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-02C 213093236-06 No NAD 2 Location: BM Joint Compound, Room 823 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 3013-044.228-03A 213093236-07 No NAD 3 Location: BM 2"X2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed, Room B0020 (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 3013-044.228-03B 213093236-08 No NAD 3 Location: BM 2"X2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed, Room B0020 (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 3013-044.228-04A 213093236-09 No NAD 4 Location: BM Door Frame Caulk, Room B15 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 7.6 % 3013-044.228-04B 213093236-10 No NAD 4 Location: BM Door Frame Caulk, Room 823 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 12 3013-044.228-05A 213093236-11 No NAD 5 Location: BM 12"X12" Gray Mottle-Pattem Floor Tite, Room 823 (Stock) (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 35.8 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2013.044.228; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Page 3 of 8 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-05B 213093236-12 No NAD 5 Location: BM 12"X12" Gray Mottle-Pattem Floor Tile Room B42 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 7.8 % 3013-044.228-05C 213093236-13 No NAD 5 Location: BM 12"X12" Gray Mottle-Pattem Floor Tile Room B42 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 5.9 % 3013-044.228-06A 213093236-14 No NAD 6 Location: BM Yellow Mastic Form HA 05 Tile, Room B42 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Yellow, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 21.2 % 3013-044.228-06B 213093236-15 No NAD 6 Location: BM Yellow Mastic Form HA 05 Tile, Room B42 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Yellow, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 23.1 % 3013-044.228-06C 213093236-16 No NAD 6 Location: BM Yellow Mastic From HA 05 Tile, Room B42 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Yellow, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 21.6 % 3013-044.228-07A 213093236-17 No NAD 7 Location: Bm Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive, Room B15 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Tan, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 50 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2013.044.228; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Page 4 of 8 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-07B 213093236-18 No NAD 7 Location: BM Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive, Room B23 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Tan, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 54.9 % 3013-044.228-08A 213093236-19 No NAD 8 Location: BM Gray Epoxy Floor Coating, Room 80024 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 18.1 % 3013-044.228-08B 213093236-20 No NAD 8 Location: BM Gray Epoxy Floor Coating, Room 80024 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 16.4 % 3013-044.228-09A 213093236-21 No NAD 9 Location: BM Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic, Corridor B0053 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 20.7 3013-044.228-09B 213093236-22 No NAD 9 Location: BM Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic, Corridor B0040 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 21.4 3013-044.228-10A 213093236-23 No NAD 10 Location: BM Wall Joint Caulk, Corridor At Bathrooms (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 8.2 % See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2013.044.228; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Page 5 of 8 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-10B 213093236-24 No NAD 10 Location: BM Wall Joint Caulk, Room B56 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 5.1 % 3013-044.228-11A 213093236-25 No NAD 11 Location: BM Gray Duct Caulk, Sealant, Corridor B53 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 11.8 % 3013-044.228-11 B 213093236-26 No NAD 11 Location: BM Gray Duct Caulk/Sealant, Corridor 653 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 15.4 % 3013-044.228-12A 213093236-27 No NAD 12 Location: BM White Duct Caulk/Sealant, Room B47D (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 5.6 % 3013-044.228-12B 213093236-28 12 Location: BM White Duct Caulk/Sealant, Room B47C Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 6.5 % No NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 3013-044.228-13A 213093236-29 No 13 Location: BM Red Wall Penetration Fire Stop, Corridor B0040 Analyst Description: Red, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 23.7 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2013.044.228; Cornet! University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Page 6 of 8 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-13B 213093236-30 No NAD 13 Location: BM Red Wall Penetration Fire Stop, Corridor 80040 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Red, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 24.7 % 3013-044.228-14A 213093236-31 No NAD 14 Location: BM 2'X4' Pinhole Pattem Ceiling Tile, Corridor B0043 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 35.1 % 3013-044.228-14B 213093236-32 No NAD 14 Location: BM 2'X4' Pinhole Pattem Ceiling Tile, Corridor 80042 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 59.9 3013-044.228-14C 213093236-33 No NAD 14 Location: BM 2X4' Pinhole Pattem Ceiling Tile, Corridor 80042 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 56.6 % 3013-044.228-15A 213093236-34 No NAD 15 Location: BM 2'X4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating, Room B47 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 66.8 % 3013-044.228-15B 213093236-35 No NAD 15 Location: Bm 2'X4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating, Room 1347D (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 66.4 °lo See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2013.044.228; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Page 7 of 8 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-15C 213093236-36 No NAD 15 Location: BM 2'X4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating, Room B4713 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 66.2 °A) 3013-044.228-16A 213093236-37 No NAD 16 Location: BM 2'X4' Light Textured Ceiling Tile, Room B07 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non-Flbrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 35.3 3013-044.228-16B 213093236-38 No NAD 16 Location: BM 2'X4' Light Textured Ceiling Tile, Room B07 (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 36.2 °A) 3013-044.228-17A 213093236-39 No NAD 17 Location: BM "Renovation Area" Sheetrock, Room B07 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: OffWhite, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 15 %, Fibrous glass Trace, Non-fibrous 85 % 3013-044.228-17B 213093236-40 No NAD 17 Location: BM "Renovation Area" Sheetrock, Room 807 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Fibrous glass Trace, Non-fibrous 80 % 3013-044.228-18A 213093236-41 No NAD 18 Location: BM "Renovation Area" Joint Compound, Room B07 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2013.044.228; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Page 8 of 8 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 3013-044.228-18B 213093236-42 No NAD 18 Location: BM "Renovation Area" Joint Compound, Room B07 Wall (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 % 3013-044.228-19A 213093236-43 No NAD 19 Location: BM 12"X12" Light Gray Mottle Pattem Floor Tile, Room 623 (Stock) (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 36.3 % 3013-044.228-19B 213093236-44 No NAD 19 Location: BM 12"X12" Light Gray Mottle Pattern Floor Tile, Room 823 (Stock) (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by John P. Koubiadis on 09/20/13 Analyst Description: Grey, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 31.1 % Reporting Notes: Analyzed by: John P. Koubiadis 'NAD/NSD =no asbestos detect- 'A =not analyzed; NA/P �t analyzed/positive stop; PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP Lab Code 2*. • 0), ELAP PLM Method 198.1 for NY friable samples, which includes the identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples (NY ELAP Lab IDI 1480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,8/1/94) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except in full without the approval of the Iab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA Lab # 102843, RI Cert#AAL-094, CT Cert#PH-0186, Mass Cert#AA000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers o f a < < < < < a a 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 0 0 0 z z z z z z z z < < < < z < z < Q s N co co 0 CO y N cnQ 02c Ea m is � C Z C '>I N Tti m c j Q LL o = Oy cti9 ° E vt=O m N715N Q�; 3 a) m$ > .. o O = m W F C N 0 011 O Eo Em «.� ap a E E m i CO to 9 0 c) N0 ao = e� Client Sample# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 < < < < < < < < < < < < z z z z 1 1 1 1 1 3013-044.228-01A 0 Location: BM Sheetrock, Room B47 Wall 1 1 1 1 1 1 Location: BM Sheetrock, Room B23 Wall 04 3013-044.228-02A 2 Location: BM Joint Compound, Room B47 Wall 05 3013-044.228-02B 2 ocation: BM Joint Compound, Room B42 Wall N Location: BM Joint Compound, Room B23 Wall u? r O a rto M p� N 0. r M N N N N O W V' N to s - N N Q r - co 40ctS ', V' Cp N �i' t‘. co Ct M I(p 1- r N M M N N 0 0 0 0 m m 3 E o E 0) 0 co cc O-' M N co N N N O C M 1 ( 6 1- 1:0 N m N N N m m 0 0 o E d E o E a 0 0 8 CV CV RI cc o a' a' o E E E o i= i= o o 8 py 02 v) 4 V 'V' co 8 to fj 4? g (D CO CC CO m m to N rL LL LL m m m F m m E E E F E CD 0 r ¢ a a in in to 0 g a a a a m$ a m m a d, m d, U d, (¢p =F m= 0 x M o MO o V et = O O t17 O C E O O o O EE %'') (4 '' cab (41 (44 (4l LL LL LL N N U (V U ,104 U N! N •T N M N U N V (Ni1 V E Ev CO m m m M U M U LL LL% N N M N M; M A r r 0 0 )( 0 r r r O O O O O )( O X O X za O O E, O M M M g M M N M M 0.4 'iNI N 6, N N 0 0 '^ } Y. } m CO CO CO CO CO m m CO CO '.0G a+ i7 '.o�0 '.ot. Aq o O 1 See Reporting notes on last page .0 0) ae co CN1 o 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 to' tu << < < < < < < < < < < < < < < a) ,-z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z 0) /2 0 Q AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers CO 0 .0 E CO 0) 113 'di > c E 0 tit6. cei 0 co to ; x c o go o 0 • g Client Sample# O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < Z 222ZZ Z22 Z 2 2 Z 2 Z CD co • c•4 • co. • CO 111 • to • co iNc". co CO 14.1 0 co 44. • co CNi c' c4 tti to • oi• N: to c cc; (0 (0 co Tr. • CO • Cq N cc; N- Tic cc. g CO « 1 • 0) •ct ri e- 3 N CO CO -.:3- LN 0 II, Tr C.; ts. co co 0 .-- g co S N.. o to in 2 co el N CA O e- ' co e- Csi CN e- T- N N 0N 0 el. 0.1 § • 0 o 6 6 0 c; g d 0 c; a3 c0 o o o m CD E E m co m ti L0 co -o .-8 0 i5 Ts 8 8 .0 N •cr. N 6. 0 CO 0 8 .0 E co co m -E X X c) ai ai 0 co I. ce) co 0 8 8 ,_ — - ci .r.• • '• ci cv cv 0 .c w 8 0 0 tc3 c5 <- ,-- .- • 'E •E oo -o X et co o co 8 8 cco a) a) a) c di 2 c m Lo :12 il-) •... c Ti al < < on co co to = as co it it 0 0 co CD as 02 < 0 8(0 7 < � :it .o g < a) To co co co co r*- co co 0 co o cc ..- 0 c% 8 gi N N 5 '5 1 ii 10 g• 54 I)! ct ci3 v v 0 g cs,! (7, c•.! 0 c,! 4) c • co a. 6 FL- tr .,_ ca u.i " 0 P >, >, o PE 8 m 8 8 co c, 6., >, 0.'5) - ...m rio, 0 o 2 -,- O 0 0 0 0 0 Ct E•1 N E 2 E 2 2 E 2 2 2 2 2 m m m as as co m m m am m M E E E .. E o o o o E E o o E o 10 :0 3:3 10 0 0 1 .§ - N CO 0, 3013-044.228-07A See Reporting notes on last page ,a• >, O e 0 cr) 0 m a) us S co Q 11 : AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers a) Client Sample# m CL CD E g • 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 < < < < < < < < < < < Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 < < < < < < < < < < < < Z 2 Z 2 2 Z Z Z to co • cs1 CD c (0 E cc; ,0 (R) 01 co. c•! cc c: to Lc) .4r - Tri c,) C4 (011. Cs: 03 03 01 • I I a— 3013-044.228-14C CO Location: BM 2'X4' Pinhole Pattern Ceiling Tile, Corridor B0042 3013-044.228-15A 3013-0, red Coating, Room B47B Location: BM 2')(4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile T 3013-044.228-16A o o 6 3013-044.228-178 Location; BM "Renovation Area" Sheetrock, Room B07 Wall BM "Renovation Area" Joint Compound, R 3013-044.228-19A ing notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 213093236 Client Name: Delta Engineers 11 O- S S 2�LIJ c0 w c m % iii 2\z « coAi ) @$$m,=o § z2#R k/kk \ Jk}) \ $f ..% lo < §f/z ; a.}/® \ 222§ E m2e4- x 0� ƒ 2 i 0) ] E �uI 7 : \ $§f = 23/ ƒ 27_ » =m@ C #Em % @/$ « 11 •§% s o== z o- ) # � k E. Ec c \E < 2, 0, «J to ›-_- // k ) • k»y I{ to $/ E // 2 Kc §° ))�k el§ .22@ e§ ; Ca 5 - v ® &a.<)8 20 \/(f 2uo 2 o£/> 72 if$\@ R 2-c W— .0< e % ��$ ƒo /k =g }ƒ \/ Ef \k } 2252 \\/k§ c °' al ineers.com 860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.23 LTA s,s LAND SURVEYORS ENGINEERS, ARCHIT Bulk Sample Data Sheet/COC cr) 0 Csi r-- und Time: 72 Hour 03 Sheetrock, Room B23 Wall CI Delta Project No.: 2013.044.228 Client Project No.: Collected By: Stephen PrisluPskY !Client: Cornell University Project: Weill Hall Full Basement Asbestos Survey Description / Sample Location Sheetrock, Room B47 Wall Sheetrock, Room B42 Wall Sheetrock, Room B23 Wall Joint Compound, Room 847 Wall 2 1 3 0 9 3 2 3 fi I Joint Compound, Room 842 Wall Joint Compound, Room B23 Wall 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed, Room B0020 16 2 a) 2 ca 2 a) 2 Ct3 2 a) 2 a) Material Condition Good Good Good Good Good 1 Good 0 0 0 Material Type ci co Surfacing 0) c *E.3 co 't = U) 0) c 13 co 't = (I) Surfacing Surfacing 0 co Sample Number < ,S co c 0 E; < Cc`J, CO g 0 (c,' < 23 2013.044.228 - co c., (NI ..:r a pi .1.-- a cq 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 7_ 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - co co 0) w >z - .0 (13 E co co 0 z "To N c 0 -a E 2 -J co (1) 0 z N c NYS ELAP 198.4 TEM .0 N CO COc CO 0) as non -asbestos b E 12 co 12 CO e. 0 0 at a) c E co • E 0) tfl CO ,c • ca a) E £LEw (Y) 0 c.1 0, hi al OS 0 CI 0 z E _a ineers.com Bulk Sample Data Sheet/COC ADELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS Description 1 Sample Location 2" x 2" Ceramic Wall/Floor Tile Grout/Mortar Bed, Room B0020 Door Frame Caulk, Room 615 Door Frame Caulk, Room B23 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile, Room B23 (Stock) 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile, Room B42 12" x 12" Gray Mottle -Pattern Floor Tile, Room B42 Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile, Room 842 0 1,1(1QQ9.1 4.sour Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile, Room 642 Yellow Mastic from HA 05 Tile, Room B42 Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive, Room 815 Gray 4" Vinyl Cove Base Adhesive, Room 623 Gray Epoxy Floor Coating, Room B0024 Gray Epoxy Floor Coating, Room B0024 Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic, Corridor 60053 Ductwork Pin/Insulation Mastic, Corridor 60040 15 a Li. 2 co 2 co 2 m 2 co 2 m 2 co 2 CO 2 CO 2 CO 2 03 2 03 2 CO CO 2 CIO 2 03 Material Condition Good 1 Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good 73 8 c..9 Material Type 00 0 0 0 u) Misc Misc Misc Misc Misc Misc 0 0 Misc Misc Misc Misc 0 0 Sample Number m '8 < 8 m 8 < 8 m 8 (..)<m 8 8 8 (..)<m<m< 8 8 8 8 8 8 m 2,' 2013.044.228 -I 2013.044.228 -I 2013.044.228 -I 00 (N) c,4 a G CV 2013.044.228 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 0 0) 860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.23 0 0 0 m m N e6 d E m Description / Sample Location Wall Joint Caulk, Corridor at bathrooms Wall Joint Caulk, Room B56 Gray Duct Caulk/Sealant, Corridor B53 Gray Duct Caulk/Sealant, Corridor B53 White Duct Caulk/Sealant, Room B47D White Duct Caulk/Sealant, Room B47C Red Wall Penetration Fire Stop, Corridor B0040 9'1 ' n n n o L v V a 0 4,t+ Red Wall Penetration Fire Stop, Corridor B0040 2' x 4' Pinhole Pattern Ceiling Tile, Corridor 80043 2' x 4' Pinhole Pattern Ceiling Tile, Corridor B0042 2' x 4' Pinhole Pattern Ceiling Tile, Corridor 80042 2' x 4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating, Room B47 2' x 4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating, Room B47D 2' x 4' Fiberglass Ceiling Tile Textured Coating, Room B47B 2' x 4' Light Textured Ceiling Tile, Room B07 c c li 2 m 2 CO 2 m 2 m 2 CO 2 CO 5 m 2 CO 2 m 2 CO 2 CO 2 m 5 m 2 m 2 CO Material Condition 0o Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good Good 0 Material Type U) 2 Misc Misc Misc Misc Misc Misc (UA 2 UU ) g CO 2 Misc Misc U) U - Misc CUY) 2 Sample Number O r m O r ¢ r r m e- r < N r m N r < M r m M r ¢ •ct r m 'Cr r 0 Et r < I) e- m LO r 0 In r CO r 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - CO N N vV O vi Or N E g 8 ui e; (T (1) .0 Q C X a3C1) 03 Li3 0'D 0 (0 (1). 0 to (Y) 860 Hooper Road, Endw ih„,DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS Bulk Sample Data Sheet/COC Description / Sample Location 2' x 4' Light Textured Ceiling Tite, Room B07 "Renovation Area" Sheetrock, Room 607 Wall 9 jfl 0 0 9 2 g 1 IQ -I- XAV "Renovation Area" Sheetrock, Room 807 Wall "Renovation Area" Joint Compound, Room B07 Wall "Renovation Area" Joint Compound, Room B07 Wall 12" x 12" Light Gray Mottle Pattern Floor Tile, Room 623 (Stock) 12" x 12" Light Gray Mottle Pattern Floor Tile, Room B23 (Stock) 1 t- o , 0 u. 2 corn 22 co 2 ca 5 co E co Material Condition "0 o o 0 Good Good Good Good Good '0 0 0 0 Material Type 0 co Misc Misc 0 co 2 Misc Misc 0 cn Sample Number CO CO A— < t-- r (0< I,- r CO v-- COct CO r 0) r CO 0) 1-- 2013.044.228 -I 2013.044.228 -1 2013.044.228 -1 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - 2013.044.228 - /.DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 Website: www.deltaengineers.com March 3, 2016 Mr. Dale Houseknecht, Asbestos Project Coordinator Cornell University Maintenance Management 116 Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853-3701 Re: Weill Hall (1014) Full Building Door Inspection and Asbestos Bulk Sampling Bulk Sample Report Cornell Work Order No. 8731485 Delta Project No.: 2015.030.356 Dear Mr. Houseknecht: Enclosed, please find the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form, the associated Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets, and the Sample Location Drawing for the bulk sampling performed by Delta Certified Inspector Thomas Ferro. The sampling was performed on February 24th, 2016 and addressed suspect materials associated with the doors at Weill Hall. Delta's inspector was accompanied by an employee from Cornell's Locksmith Shop. Based on a visual inspection of the different type doors, a total of eight (8) bulk samples were collected representing four (4) suspect homogenous materials. Six (6) of the samples collected were non -friable organically bound (NOB) representing three (3) homogenous material. The remaining two (2) samples were "friable" non-NOB's representing one (1) homogenous material. Results for all eight (8) samples were reported as "No Asbestos Detected". The only suspect door core material found was associated with the wood laminated doors found in corridors 130, 230, 330 and 430, which was reported as "No Asbestos Detected". All other door core materials were non -suspect fiberglass or solid wood (and hollow metal). There were several suspect glazing compounds present on the various door systems, with each reported as "No Asbestos Detected". It should be noted that the core door material did contain did contain vermiculite but as the percentage was less than 10%, the materials can be reported as "Non -Asbestos / No Asbestos Detected". Bulk sample analysis was performed by AmeriSci New York, Inc., an independent laboratory approved / accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). Analysis of all Non -Friable Organically Bound (NOB) materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.6 Methodologies. If the PLM results were reported as "non -asbestos", the sample was then analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.4 Methodology. Analysis of all Non -NOB materials was performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodology. "Positive Stop" sample analysis protocol was utilized for a given homogenous material set with multiple samples and based on this; all 8 samples collected were analyzed. We are n seamless extension of 0211 ciients' or„ nnintions DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 2 of 12 Please reference the Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form for sample particulars and details. If you have any questions, or require any other information, please feel free to contact me at your convenience. Respectfully, DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Stephen Prislupsky Director of Environmental Services Att: Project Paperwork "We (ITC n seam es s extension of OUT clients orgzrnilations DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 3 of 12 Attachment A Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form arc n seamless exsion of our clients' oigcrnizations" ° E oo (t) N •C 0 Et) X a3(D co LL ct (.0 860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.23 E LL 0 E cf, 0 ,..,...„ w- . . , ND ND ND ND ND ND NA NA ...- ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND , + , - ...,, .- ......frr•- ND ND ND ND ND ND b z ND* Fik,4117,tiis ..kklettAkthitAk, Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous 74,, vs, s. • , • Zk'n'T‘ft");Wilf rsAwitN,v ,kkvklvA‘,k•t 11‘,A r, 140AONMt"*Atir,,OkOsOtkiA4*AttfikN W4f*+fVigk*r***tatVbtW:kil A A.M64 VAAit ktiV itatiltigSlagl:Aitattdetriaat, Black Window Glazing from Metal w/ Metal Leaf, Room 244 Black Window Glazing from Metal Door, Room B11 Black Window Glazing from Metal Door, Room B22E Black Window Glazing from Metal Door, Room 2568 Black Window Glazing from Wood Laminate Door, Room 130 Black Window Glazing from Metal Door, Room 256B Grey Core Material from Wooden Laminate Door, Room 130 Grey Core Material from Wooden Laminate Door, Room 330 N Bsmt. Bsmt. N N c- CO CD CO 0 CD 0 0 CD CD ... , T\TItAi , c oil" t.; 1. tit'Atti lx; ''llil.0,k1/2iks, 2015.030.356 - 01A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2015.030.356 - 2015.030.356 - 2015.030.356 - 2015.030.356 - 2015.030.356 - 2015.030.356 - 2015.030.356 - * - Sample Reported as Containing less than 10% Vermiculite, so can be reported as Non -Asbestos Materi NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology ND - No Asbestos Detected HA - Homogenous Area Trace / < 1% - Non -asbestos by definition Misc - Miscellaneous Material TSI - Thermal System Insulation 45 0 DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Attachment B Laboratory Analytical Result Sheets \Wc nre sennt ess extension of vur c iznts' organi<citions Page 4 of 12 AMERI Sci Delta Engineers Attn: Stephen Prislupsky 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 AmeriSci New York 117 EAST 30TH ST. NEW YORK, NY 10016 TEL: (212) 679-8600 • FAX: (212) 679-3114 PLM Bulk Asbestos Report Date Received 02/25/16 AmeriSci Job # 216023652 Date Examined 02/25/16 P.O. # ELAP # 11480 Page 1 of 2 RE: 2015.030.356; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Building Door Cores Inspection/Survery Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present 2015.030.356-01A 216023652-01 No 01 Location: Floor 2 - Rm. 244 - Black Glazing From Metal Door w/Metal Leaf Analyst Description: Black, Heterogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 22.3 % Total % Asbestos NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 2015.030.356-01B 216023652-02 No 01 Location: Floor B - Rm. B11 - Black Glazing From Metal Door Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 16.7 NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 2015.030.356-02A 216023652-03 No 02 Location: Floor B - Rm. B22E - Black Glazing From Metal Door Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 17.2 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 2015.030.356-02B 216023652-04 No 02 Location: Floor 2 - Rm. 256E - Black Glazing From Metal Door Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 15.4 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 2015.030.356-03A 216023652-05 No 03 Location: Floor 1 - Rm. 130 - Black Glazing From Wooden Door Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 12.1 % NAD (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 See Reporting notes on last page AmeriSci Job #: 216023652 Client Name: Delta Engineers PLM Bulk Asbestos Report 2015.030.356; Cornell University; Weill Hall Full Building Door Cores Inspection/Survery Page 2 of 2 Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos 2015.030.356-03B 216023652-06 No NAD 03 Location: Floor 3 - Rm. 330 - Black Glazing From Wooden Door (by NYS ELAP 198.6) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 Analyst Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non -Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Non-fibrous 13.7 % 2015.030.356-04A 216023652-07 No NAD 04 Location: Floor 1 - Rm. 130 - Grey Core Material, Wooden Door (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Non-fibrous 72 %, Vermiculite 8 % 2015.030.356-04B 216023652-08 No NAD 04 Location: Floor 3 - Rm. 330 - Grey Core Material, Wooden Door (by NYS ELAP 198.1) by Ella Babayeva on 02/25/16 Analyst Description: White, Homogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material Asbestos Types: Other Material: Cellulose 25 %, Non-fibrous 67.5 %, Vermiculite 7.5 % Reporting Notes: Analyzed by: Ella Babayeva 'NAD/NSD asbestos duetted; NA =not analyzed; NA/P _ .t analyzed/positive stop; PLM Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA 600/M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP 200546-0), ELAP PLM Method 198.1 . Y friable samples, which includes the identification and quantitation of vermiculite or 198.6 for NOB samples or EPA 400 pt ct by EPA 600/M4-82-020 (NY ELAP Lab 11480); Note:PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. NAD or Trace results by PLM are inconclusive, TEM is currently the only method that car be used to determine if this material can be considered or treated as non asbestos -containing in NY State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile, FR 59,146,38970,8/1/94) National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced except in full without the approval of the Iab.This PLM report relates ONLY to the items tested. AIHA-LAP, LLC Lab ID 102843, RI Cert AAL -094, CT Cert PH -0186, Mass Cert M000054. Reviewed By: END OF REPORT P L o to co � AmeriSci Job #: 216023652 Client Name: Delta Engineers co O m 0. S co v C M O (0) W m 5 tO Ca -5- 0 U C N 0 0 t() N < < < < < z z z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 < < < < Z < < < E Client Sample# I• N v — n Ct5N- It) O Vc0 N N N co tl N O N M n N. n co VI r- m J .a) m 2015.030.356-01A 2015.030.356-01B oor B - Rm. B11 - Black Glazing From Metal Door 0 N M Ci N 0 0 LL t, t0 CO m E CC cO 8 2015.030.356-02A N M O N O Sq C.� m i E2 E O co 2 O coC N g 0 01 0 cot m co m c M 0 N O v- W o X 8 � 8 2015.030.356-02B 2015.030.356-03B 8 2015.030.35 0 I 0 O 3 � t6 N 0) O N co 8 8 � U' 0 (41 M M co r M 0 •- N o L ILC LL O O O a = a 0 J J 0 II Irj a- 1-• .92 0. @U) m 11 OQ zz2p m o • . >- a 1Z Li/ > Z O Sao m 05 g�Z 5 W'�n o= co -a N$ c.$oa Evca 2mqZ vm.. .0 N tl) 03 O N 2 73 >-001,0 Z 11 N 0q a T, r Z c g m y d E m E c c 0I >@ 0Zo ' N w C e. O 2 01 N $ ? E N °figs o ft;S W O N co — m c g01 div LLI w ;F: > c $ d 113 L N` N OV N 8 E O n lT V O • pp 0 . V N m C g UJ iQ E O 'p •N�La Cg. �- >)6 "Q QW cp 1. 2 5 c _o Ei3 .E� m o yO� co LI' representative of E r m E v c to m m E x E rn 0) C O m • 8 4 N 1.. 2 N 88 3 m L L to- E 0 E 0 a; m la E c o E E O 8 N O Voe a 2 No Q) �2 a c,, O N a Ma J 4 01 _A Z E somml O up M (N • O CO CTS O o z M < N N lip co CO m M S' N til N w ttla Va. 0 a O 0 o a� 2 L co to+ CI w m _Y 7 4- !9 a 63 u Description / Sample Location 1 74 J ti I a 'i d V Ce , J ti a q V _• : p ' 14 •4 16 in •. -t 4 I Sample Number I Material Type I Material I Floor Condition t cII IN 111 Uii { h I t . :20; - RS CU Q CI Submitted By: v0 CD 0 U). U . FO Cr) W 01 a) r..: C 0 CO C X CC LL 17) O 'O 0 CD cc c) N 0 CO 860 Hooper Road, Endwell, NY 13760 Tel E 2 1- 0 0 N u 0 Al , Eo tg m too m 0 zO 0 0 0 0. 0 3" v a i+ C 0 Description / Sample Location 0 8 0 0 a o m as 0 v L Material Type t Sample Number A 0 DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHI IECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 5 of 12 Attachment C Sample Location Drawing c' [Tl"2 Q Si:(lill oSS Cxti.11Sloll Of our ClionntS' organizations" z 0 ID ID 10 ID ID ID Z DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 6 of 12 Attachment D Photos We nre (1 seamless extension of our clic) oigrrni,ation DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Type A — Metal Door with Window and Metal Leaf Type B — Metal Door with Window in Basement Corridors "We on: o scop ess extension of our c ikfnts oi,ioni;otions Page 7 of 12 DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, S. LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 8 of 12 Type C — Metal Door with Window - Inside Rooms Type D — Metal Door "We cfl ([ seamless cxtcn on )1 our clients' oT;ani,ations DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHI"I'ECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 9 of 12 1 Type E —Metal Door with Small Window and Metal Leaf Type F - Wood Door with Side Light "We ars a snlless extension o1'our c iLnts' organizations" DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Type G — Wood Laminate Door HAO1 — Black Glazing from Type A and B Doors "Wc circ' a sanm css extension of ODUY c mints urgonizotions Page 10 of 12 DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. Page 11 of 12 HA02 — Black Glazing from Type C Door HA03 — Black Glazing from Type G Door "WC OT (1 iXtenSion of vur or oni,arions DELTA ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, & LAND SURVEYORS, P.C. HA04 — Type G Door Core Material "W tY (1 sec {ml ss cxt'nsion of our clients' orgrmi,ntions Page 12 of 12 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping systems. B. Firestopping of all joints and penetrations in fire resistance rated and smoke resistant assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, and other openings indicated. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2014. B. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Penetration Firestop Systems; 2013a. C. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire Resistive Joint Systems; 2007 (Reapproved 2011). D. ASTM E2307 - Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate -Scale, Multi -story Test Apparatus; 2015a. E. ASTM E2837 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Fire Resistance of Continuity Head -of -Wall Joint Systems Installed Between Rated Wall Assemblies and Nonrated Horizontal Assemblies; 2013. F. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; www.aqmd.gov. G. UL 2079 - Standard for Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 2004. H. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Firestopping: List each type of penetration, fire rating of the penetrated assembly, and firestopping test or design number. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance ratings, and limitations. C. Sustainable Design Submittal: Submit VOC content documentation for all non -preformed materials. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Installer Qualification: Submit qualification statements for installing mechanics. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs that provide the scheduled fire ratings when tested in accordance with ASTM E814. 1. Listing in the current -year classification or certification books of UL will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and: 1. Trained by the manufacturer. 2. With minimum 3 years documented experience installing work of this type. 1.05 MOCK-UP A. Install one firestopping assembly representative of each fire rating design required on project. 1. Where one design may be used for different penetrating items or in different wall constructions, install one assembly for each different combination. B. If accepted, mock-up will represent minimum standard for the Work. C. If accepted, mock-up may remain as part of the Work. Remove and replace mock-ups not accepted. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. B. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent -cured materials are being installed. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturers: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc: www.adfire.com. 2. 3M Fire Protection Products: www.3m.com/firestop. 3. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com. 4. Nelson FireStop Products: www.nelsonfirestop.com. B. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. C. Firestopping Materials with Volatile Content: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. D. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Type required for tested assembly design. 2.02 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS A. Perimeter Fire Containment Firestopping: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E2307 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the floor assembly. 1. Movement: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show movement capability as indicated. 2. Temperature Rise: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show T Rating as indicated. 3. Air Leakage: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. 4. Where floor assembly is not required to have a fire rating, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. B. Head -of -Wall Firestopping at Joints Between Non -Rated Floor and Fire -Rated Wall: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E2837 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of floor or wall, whichever is greater. 1. Movement: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show movement capability as indicated. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING C. Floor -to -Floor, Wall -to -Wall, and Wall -to -Floor Joints, Except Perimeter, Where Both Are Fire -Rated: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM El 966 or UL 2079 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of the assembly in which the joint occurs. 1. Movement: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show movement capability as indicated. 2. Air Leakage: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. 3. Watertightness: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show W Rating as indicated. 4. Listing by UL, FM, or Intertek in their certification directory will be considered evidence of successful testing. D. Through Penetration Firestopping: Use any system that has been tested according to ASTM E814 to have fire resistance F Rating equal to required fire rating of penetrated assembly. 1. Temperature Rise: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show T Rating as indicated. 2. Air Leakage: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show L Rating as indicated. 3. Watertightness: In addition, provide systems that have been tested to show W Rating as indicated. 4. Listing by UL, FM, or Intertek in their certification directory will be considered evidence of successful testing. 2.03 FIRESTOPPING FOR FLOOR -TO -FLOOR, WALL -TO -FLOOR, AND WALL-TO-WALL JOINTS A. Concrete and Concrete Masonry Walls and Floors: 1. Floor to Floor Joints: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System FF -D-1013; Hilti CFS -SP WB Firestop Joint Spray and CP 672. 2. Concrete/Concrete Masonry Wall to Wall Joints: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System WW -D-0017; Hilti CFS -SP WB Firestop Joint Spray and CP 672. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System WW -D-0032; Hilti CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant. 2.04 FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH CONCRETE AND CONCRETE MASONRY CONSTRUCTION A. Blank Openings: 1. In Floors or Walls: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -0090; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. B. Penetrations Through Floors or Walls By: 1. Multiple Penetrations in Large Openings: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -8143; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -1226; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -1425; Hilti CFS -S SIL GG Firestop Silicone Sealant Gun -Grade. 3. Uninsulated Non -Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System System C -AJ -2167; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -2109; Hilti CP 643N/644 Firestop Collar. c. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -BJ -2021; Hilti CP 643N Firestop Collar. 4. Electrical Cables Not In Conduit: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -3216; Hilti CFS -PL Firestop Plug. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-3198; Hilti CFS -SL RK Retrofit Sleeve Kit for existing cables. c. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-3199; Hilti CFS -SL SK Firestop Sleeve Kit. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING d. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -3283; Hilti CP653 Speed Sleeve. 5. Cable Trays with Electrical Cables: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -4094; Hilti CFS -BL Firestop Block. 6. Insulated Pipes: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5091; Hilti FS -ONE IMAX intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5048; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant, CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant, CP 601 S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant, CP 604 Self -Leveling Firestop Sealant or CFS -S SIL GG Firestop Silicone Sealant Gun -Grade. 7. HVAC Ducts, Uninsulated: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -7111; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. C. Penetrations Through Floors By: 1. Multiple Penetrations in Large Openings: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-8012; Hilti CFS -S SIL GG Firestop Silicone Sealant Gun -Grade or CFS -S SIL SL Firestop Silicone Sealant Self -Leveling. 2. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-1016; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. 3. Uninsulated Non -Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-2065; Hilti CP 680-P Cast -In Device. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-2213; Hilti CFS -DID Drop -In Device. c. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-2053; Hilti CP 680-P Cast -In Device. 4. Electrical Cables Not In Conduit: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-3033; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. 5. Electrical Busways: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-6002; Hilti CP 604 Self -Leveling Firestop Sealant. 6. Insulated Pipes: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-5015; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System F -A-5017; Hilti CP 680-P/M Cast -In Device. D. Penetrations Through Walls By: 1. Uninsulated Metallic Pipe, Conduit, and Tubing: a. 1 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-1067; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 2. Electrical Cables Not In Conduit: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -3095; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. b. 2 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -3216; Hilti CFS -PL Firestop Plug. 3. Insulated Pipes: a. 2 Hour Construction: b. 2 Hour Construction: c. 1 Hour Construction: d. 1 Hour Construction: UL System C -AJ -5090; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. UL System C -AJ -5091; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. UL System C -AJ -5090; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. UL System C -AJ -5091; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. 4. HVAC Ducts, Uninsulated: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-7109; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant or CP 606 Flexible Firestop Sealant. 5. HVAC Ducts, Insulated: a. 2 Hour Construction: UL System W -J-7112; Hilti FS -ONE MAX Intumescent Firestop Sealant. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 078400 Ithaca, New York FIRESTOPPING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter that could adversely affect bond of firestopping material. B. Remove incompatible materials that could adversely affect bond. C. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by Owner's Independent Testing Agency. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Testing Agency: Inspection agency employed and paid by Owner, will examine penetration firestopping in accordance with ASTM E2174, "Standard Practice for On -Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops and ASTM E2393, "Standard Practice for On -Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stop Joint Systems. B. Repair or replace penetration firestopping and joints at locations where inspection results indicate firestopping or joints do not meet specified requirements. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. END OF SECTION 078400 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 078400 - 8 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. B. Self -leveling pourable joint sealants. C. Joint backings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 078400 - FIRESTOPPING: Firestopping sealants. B. Section 088000 - Glazing: Glazing sealants and accessories. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C661 - Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Elastomeric-Type Sealants by Means of a Durometer; 2006 (Reapproved 2011). B. ASTM C794 - Standard Test Method for Adhesion -In -Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2015. C. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2010. D. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2014. E. ASTM C1087 - Standard Test Method for Determining Compatibility of Liquid - Applied Sealants with Accessories Used in Structural Glazing Systems; 2000 (Reapproved 2011). F. ASTM C1248 - Standard Test Method for Staining of Porous Substrate by Joint Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2012). G. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition; www.aqmd.gov. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes the following. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 079200 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 079200 Ithaca, New York JOINT SEALANTS 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color availability. 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. 5. Installation instructions, including precautions, limitations, and recommended backing materials and tools. 6. Sample product warranty. 7. Certification by manufacturer indicating that product complies with specification requirements. B. Product Data for Accessory Products: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheet for each product to be used, including physical characteristics, installation instructions, and recommended tools. C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: Submit at least four weeks prior to start of installation. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Arrange for sealant manufacturer(s) to test each combination of sealant, substrate, backing, and accessories. 1. Adhesion Testing: In accordance with ASTM C794. 2. Compatibility Testing: In accordance with ASTM C1087. 3. Allow sufficient time for testing to avoid delaying the work. 4. Deliver to manufacturer sufficient samples for testing. 5. Report manufacturer's recommended corrective measures, if any, including primers or techniques not indicated in product data submittals. 6. Testing is not required if sealant manufacturer provides data showing previous testing, not older than 24 months, that shows satisfactory adhesion, lack of staining, and compatibility. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 079200 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 1.06 WARRANTY A. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS B. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to achieve watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Nonsag Sealants: Permits application in joints on vertical surfaces without sagging or slumping. 1. BASF Construction Chemicals -Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com. 2. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com. 3. Dow Coming Corporation: www.dowcorning.com/construction. 4. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com. 5. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com. 6. Sika Corporation: www.usa-sika.com. 2.02 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS A. Scope: 1. Interior Joints: Do not seal interior joints unless specifically indicated to be sealed. Interior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to, the following items. a. Joints between door, window, and other frames and adjacent construction. b. Other joints indicated below. 2. Do not seal the following types of joints. a. Joints indicated to be treated with manufactured expansion joint cover or some other type of sealing device. b. Joints where sealant is specified to be provided by manufacturer of product to be sealed. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 079200 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS c. Joints where installation of sealant is specified in another section. d. Joints between suspended panel ceilings/grid and walls. B. Interior Joints: Use nonsag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Wall and Ceiling Joints in Non -Wet Areas: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. 2.03 JOINT SEALANTS - GENERAL A. Sealants and Primers: Provide products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than indicated in South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD); Rule 1168. 2.04 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS A. Non -Staining Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent, minimum. 2. Non -Staining To Porous Stone: Non -staining to light-colored natural stone when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. 3. Dirt Pick -Up: Reduced dirt pick-up compared to other silicone sealants. 4. Hardness Range: 15 to 35, Shore A, when tested in accordance with ASTM C661. 5. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 6. Cure Type: Single -component, neutral moisture curing. 7. Service Temperature Range: Minus 65 to 180 degrees F. 8. Products: B. Type - Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multicomponent; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. C. Type - Acrylic Emulsion Latex: Water-based; ASTM C834, single component, non -staining, non-bleeding, non -sagging; not intended for exterior use. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 079200 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 2.05 SELF -LEVELING SEALANTS 2.06 ACCESSORIES SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. END OF SECTION 079200 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 079200 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 092116 Ithaca, New York GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. B. Metal stud wall framing. C. Acoustic insulation. D. Gypsum wallboard. E. Joint treatment and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2015. B. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2014. C. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2012. D. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw -Attached Gypsum Panel Products; 2015. E. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2013. F. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2015. G. ASTM C 1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self -Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2014. H. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base; 2014a. I. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2014. J. GA -216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2013. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 092116 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 1.03 SUBMITTALS SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA -216. 2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf. 1. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper -faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Thickness: a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 3 1/2" inch. B. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use solvent -based non -curing butyl sealant. C. Beads, Joint Accessories, and Other Trim: ASTM C1047, rigid plastic, unless noted otherwise. 1. Architectural Reveal Beads: a. Reveal Depth: 5/8 inch. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 092116 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES b. Reveal Width: 1/2 inch. c. Shapes: As shown on drawings. d. Products: 1) Trim -Tex, Inc.; "Z" Shadow Bead: www.trim-tex.com. D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. E. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold -Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self -piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant. F. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center. 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to to ceiling framing in accordance with details. C. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using not less than double studs at jambs. 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 092116 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 092116 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 840, GA -216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Double -Layer Non -Rated: Use gypsum board for first layer, placed parallel to framing or furring members, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. Place second layer perpendicular to framing or furring members. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer. C. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. B. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT A. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Level 1: Fire rated wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the completed construction. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. END OF SECTION 092116 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 092116 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 096500 Ithaca, New York RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Resilient tile flooring. B. Resilient base. C. Installation accessories. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E648 - Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor -Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2014c. B. ASTM F710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2011. C. ASTM FI066 - Standard Specification for Vinyl Composition Floor Tile; 2004 (Reapproved 2014)el. D. ASTM F1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2008 (Reapproved 2012)el. E. NFPA 253 - Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; National Fire Protection Association; 2015. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. B. Selection Samples: Submit manufacturer's complete set of color samples for Architect's initial selection. C. Verification Samples: Submit two samples, 4 by 4 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. D. Certification: Prior to installation of flooring, submit written certification by flooring manufacturer and adhesive manufacturer that condition of sub -floor is acceptable. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 096500 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 096500 Ithaca, New York RESILIENT FLOORING E. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re -waxing. F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Upon receipt, immediately remove any shrink-wrap and check materials for damage and the correct style, color, quantity and run numbers. B. Store all materials off of the floor in an acclimatized, weather -tight space. C. Maintain temperature in storage area between 55 degrees F and 90 degrees F. D. Protect roll materials from damage by storing on end. E. Do not double stack pallets. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE FLOORING A. Vinyl Composition Tile: Homogeneous, with color extending throughout thickness. 1. Minimum Requirements: Comply with ASTM F1066, of Class corresponding to type specified. 2. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Minimum 0.45 watt per square centimeter, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253. 3. Size: 12 by 12 inch. 4. Thickness: 0.125 inch. 5. Pattern: Excelon Imperial Texture Color 51915, Charcoal Grey. 6. Manufacturers: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 096500 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 096500 Ithaca, New York RESILIENT FLOORING a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com. 2.02 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; top set Style B, Cove. 1. Height: 4 inch. 2. Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. 3. Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.. 4. Length: 4 foot sections. 5. Color: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 6. Accessories: Premolded external corners, internal corners, and end stops. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. B. Primers and Seaming Materials: Waterproof; types recommended by flooring manufacturer. C. Flooring Adhesive: 1. Products: a. VCT Adhesives: Not more than 50 g/L.. D. Moldings, Transition and Edge Strips: Same material as flooring. E. Sealer and Wax: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of curing compounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that might interfere with bonding of flooring to substrate. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 096500 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 096500 RESILIENT FLOORING B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust -free, and are ready to receive resilient base. C. Cementitious Sub -floor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are dry enough and ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture and pH. 1. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. D. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the work. E. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare floor substrates as recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers. B. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. C. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. D. Clean substrate. E. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. F. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub -floor conditions. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. D. Fit joints tightly. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 096500 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 096500 Ithaca, New York RESILIENT FLOORING E. Where type of floor finish, pattern, or color are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. F. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated. G. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 3.04 TILE FLOORING A. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when tile is placed, unless manufacturer's instructions say otherwise. B. Lay flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern. 3.05 RESILIENT BASE A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. Miter internal corners. At external comers, use premolded units. At exposed ends, use premolded units. C. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. D. Perforin the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 096500 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 096500 Ithaca, New York RESILIENT FLOORING E. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. 1. No traffic for 24 hours after installation. 2. No heavy traffic, rolling loads, or furniture placement for 72 hours after installation. F. Floor Polish: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish. 1. Apply two (2) coats. END OF SECTION 096500 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 096500 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 099123 Ithaca, New York INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: L Gypsum board. 2. Steel. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3. a. Wall and Ceiling Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Apply benchmark samples after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated. 3. Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 099123 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: SECTION 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. VOC Content of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 0 g/L. 2. Non -flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 0 g/L. 3. Anti -Corrosive and Anti -Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 4. Flat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 0 g/L. 5. Nonflat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 0 g/L. 6. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L. 7. Dry -Fog Coatings: VOC content of not more than 400 g/L. C. Chemical Components of Field -Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide topcoat paints and anti -corrosive and anti -rust paints applied to ferrous metals that comply with the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. c. Antimony. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 099123 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 099123 Ithaca, New York INTERIOR PAINTING d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h. Di -n -butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2 -dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. 1. Dimethyl phthalate. m. Ethylbenzene. n. Formaldehyde. o. Hexavalent chromium. p. Isophorone. q. Lead. r. Mercury. s. Methyl ethyl ketone. t. Methyl isobutyl ketone. u. Methylene chloride. v. Naphthalene. w. Toluene (methylbenzene). x. 1,1,1 -trichloroethane. y. Vinyl chloride. D. Colors: As indicated in a finish schedule. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. 3. Wood: 15 percent. 4. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 5. Plaster: 12 percent. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 099123 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D. Painting Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following. Operable parts (valves, access panels, etc.) of any mechanical or electrical component that receives paint shall remain fully operable after painting is complete. 1. Mechanical Work: a. Uninsulated metal piping. b. Uninsulated plastic piping. c. Pipe hangers and supports. d. Tanks that do not have factory -applied final finishes. e. Visible portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets. f. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. g. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory -primed finish for field painting. h. All existing and new mechanical duct, insulation, equipment above 10 foot limit line. (consult Mechanical designer if item is in question) 2. Electrical Work: a. Switchgear. b. Panelboards. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 099123 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 099123 Ithaca, New York INTERIOR PAINTING c. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory -primed finish for field painting. d. All existing and new electrical conduit, raceways and boxes above 10 foot limit line. (do not paint new light fixtures) E. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. F. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.03 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces: 1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System: MPI INT 3.1M. a. Prime Coat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex matching topcoat. b. Intermediate Coat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex - sheen as indicated on finish schedule. B. Steel Substrates: 1. histitutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System: MPI INT 5.1S. a. Prime Coat: Rust -inhibitive primer (water based). b. Intermediate Coat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex - sheen as indicated on finish schedule. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System: MPI INT 9.2M. a. Prime Coat: Interior latex primer/sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Institutional low-odor/VOC interior latex - sheen as indicated on finish schedule. END OF SECTION 099123 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 099123 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 101400 Ithaca, New York SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Room signs. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009 (ANSI). 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation. B. Store tape adhesive at normal room temperature. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Signage as provided by Takeform Architectural Graphics Signage or equal. Signage to include face material, raised copy, printed inserts, metal accent and digital printing as required. B. Room signage - Takeform Fusion, 01 Quad Collection. 5 room indentification signs required with changeable inserts (Type H). All signs to be mounted with double stick tape. 2.02 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. Accessibility Compliance: Signs are required to comply with ADA Standards and ICC A117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 101400 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 101400 SIGNAGE conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. C. Locate signs where indicated: 1. If no location is indicated obtain Owner's instructions. D. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. END OF SECTION 101400 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 101400 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Sleeves. 4. Escutcheons. 5. Grout. 6. Plumbing demolition. 7. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 8. Supports and anchorages. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than plumbing and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and plumbing equipment rooms. C. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220500 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that snatch piping system materials. Dielectric flanges, couplings or nipples only. No dielectric unions. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. D. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncon-osive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.4 SLEEVES A. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: 0.04030 -inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2.5 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe and tube and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped brass with polished chrome -plated finish. C. Pressed Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome -plated 2.6 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic -cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post -hardening, volume -adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220500 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations not subject to freezing, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. M. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220500 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING N. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. O. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. P. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply non -corrosive flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. F. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain -End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric fittings and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. No unions. 3. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220500 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.6 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases if required to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220500 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220523 Ithaca, New York GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze ball valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 2. Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. B. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable -water service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Handlever: For quarter -turn valves NPS 3" and smaller. E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2 -inch stem extensions and the following features: 1. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220523 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220523 Ithaca, New York GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING F. Valve -End Connections: 1. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Regular -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following. a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. b. Watts Industries. c. Jamesbury. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig c. CWP Rating: 400 psigBody Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or soldered. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: 316 Stainless Steel. h. Ball: 316 Stainless Steel. i. Port: Regular. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown, at designated locations and heights. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220523 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220523 Ithaca, New York GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 1. Shutoff Service: Ball valves. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, 2" and Smaller: Soldered ends. 3.4 LOW-PRESSURE, COMPRESSED -AIR VALVE SCHEDULE (125 PSIG OR LESS) A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze Ball Valves: May be provided with solder joint ends instead of threaded ends. 3.5 DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe 2" and Smaller: 1. Bronze Ball Valves: Solder joint ends. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220523 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 5. Fastener systems. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP -90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2. Thermal -hanger shield inserts. 3. Powder -actuated fastener systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220529 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Description: MSS SP -58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B. Manufacturers: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 3. Grinnell Corp. C. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. E. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP -69, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made from structural -steel shapes with MSS SP -58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U -bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly made of steel channels and other components. B. Manufacturers: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2. Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3. Power -Strut Div.; Tyco International, Ltd. 4. Unistrut Corp.; Tyco International, Ltd. 5. Kindorf C. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.5 THERMAL -HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Description: 100-psig- minimum, compressive -strength insulation insert encased in sheet metal shield. B. Manufacturers: 1. Carpenter & Paterson, Inc. 2. Michigan Hanger Co. 3. PHS Industries, Inc. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220529 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4. Pipe Shields, Inc. C. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with vapor barrier. D. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent treated, ASTM C 533, Type 1 calcium silicate or ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass. E. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. F. For Clevis Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. G. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: a. B -Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b. Empire Industries, Inc. c. Hilti, Inc. d. ITW Ramset/Red Head. e. MKT Fastening, LLC. f. Powers Fasteners. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000 -psi, 28 -day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220529 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Comply with MSS SP -69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings or stainless steel for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. F. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. G. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. I. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. J. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that snatches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal -Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220529 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT K. Comply with MSS SP -69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. L. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Use mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP -69 and MSS SP -89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field -assembled metal framing systems. D. Thermal -Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Install building attachments within existing concrete slabs. Install additional attachments at changes in direction of piping. H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: Attach clamps and spacers to piping. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220529 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal -hanger shield insert with clamp sized to snatch OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP -58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that snatches adjoining insulation. 3. Install MSS SP -58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. 5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal -Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 3.5 PAINTING A. Touch Up: Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220529 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 1.2 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: White. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel [rivets] [rivets or self -tapping screws] [self -tapping screws]. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220553 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.2 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic fonned to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: As follows (per NYS Plumbing Code): a. Pipe Diameter 3/4 to 1-1/4 inch: 1/2 inch high. b. Pipe Diameter 1-1/2 to 2 inch: 3/4 inch high. 2.3 VALVE TAGS A. Brass with stamped numbers and letters (black -filled), 1-1/2 inch round with % inch numbers and `/ inch letters. B. Fastening shall be by brass "S" hooks, brass jack chains, or brass ball chains. 2.4 VALVE CHARTS A. Valve charts shall be of a sufficient size to provide valve number, size, function, and location. Chart shall have a key plan denoting approximate valve location. Coordinate locations of valve charts with the Owner. B. Valve charts shall be framed in wood or metal frames with Plexiglas cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220553 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting." B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 feet — per NYS Plumbing Code along each run. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Low -Pressure, Compressed -Air Piping: a. Background Color: Blue. b. Letter Color: White. 2. Domestic Cold Water Piping: a. Background Color: Green. b. Letter Color: White. 3. Domestic Hot Water Piping: a. Background Color: Yellow. b. Letter Color: Black. 4. Laboratory Waste Piping. a. Background Color: Green. b. Letter Color: White. 5. Natural Gas Piping: a. Background Color: Yellow. b. Letter Color: Black. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220553 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Mineral fiber. 2. Insulating cements. 3. Adhesives. 4. Sealants. 5. Factory -applied jackets. 6. Field -applied jackets. 7. Tapes. 8. Securements. 9. Corner angles. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test - response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok. c. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley -K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thennosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ or with factory - applied ASJ-SSL. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 3. Type II, 1200 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type II, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ or with factory - applied ASJ-SSL. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. b. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik -Cote. c. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. ASJ Adhesive Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns -Manville; Zeston Penna -Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. c. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Speedline Corporation; Speedline Vinyl Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.4 SEALANTS A. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.5 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2.6 FIELD -APPLIED JACKETS A. Field -applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. c. Proto PVC Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: White. 4. Factory -fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90 -degree, short- and long -radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P -trap and supply covers for lavatories. 5. Factory -fabricated tank heads and tank side panels. 2.7 TAPES A. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555. b. Compac Corp.; 130. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 370 White PVC tape. d. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width. 2.8 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing or closed seal. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Childers Products; Bands. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Bands. B. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4 -inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. 2.9 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Comer Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color -coded to match adjacent surface. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material snatching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. B. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" firestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. 3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 6. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. 7. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two tunes the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless- steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.5 MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 8 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. C. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.6 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1 -inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. 3.7 FINISHES A. Equipment and Pipe Insulation with ASJ or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. a. Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex -emulsion size. B. Color: Final color as selected by Architect. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 9 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 220700 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING INSULATION 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perforin tests and inspections. B. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.9 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Exposed laboratory natural gas, compressed air, and vacuum piping. 3.10 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Cold, Hot, and Recirculated Hot Water: Insulation shall be the following: 1. "K" value: 0.22 — 0.27 Btu / in / hour • sqft °F at 100 °F mean temperature rating. 2. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick; with ASJ jacket. 3.11 INDOOR, FIELD -APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory -applied jacket, install the field -applied jacket over the factory -applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1. None. D. Piping, Exposed: 1. None. 2. PVC: 20 mils thick. END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 220700 - 10 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 221116 Ithaca, New York DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aboveground domestic water pipes, tubes, fittings, and equipment inside the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 61 for potable domestic water piping and components. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, drawn temper. 1. Wrought -Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B 16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. 2. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball-and- socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces, and solder joint or threaded ends. 3. Copper Pressure -Seal -Joint Fittings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following only. 1) Viega; Plumbing and Heating Systems. 2) Victaulic. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 221116 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 221116 Ithaca, New York DOMESTIC WATER PIPING b. NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought -copper fitting with EPDM-rubber 0 -ring seal in each end. 2.3 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. 2.4 VALVES A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general -duty metal valves. 2.5 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials or ferrous material body with separating nonconductive insulating material suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. B. Dielectric Unions not permitted. C. Dielectric Couplings: 1. Description: a. Galvanized -steel coupling. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 225 deg F. c. End Connections: Female threaded. d. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic. D. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Description: a. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 225 deg F. c. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. d. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 221116 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 221116 Ithaca, New York DOMESTIC WATER PIPING B. Install shutoff valve immediately upstream of each dielectric fitting. C. Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb. D. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. G. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. H. Install piping to permit valve servicing. I. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. J. Install piping free of sags and bends. K. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. L. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Pressure -Sealed Joints: Join copper tube and pressure -seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. F. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 221116 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 221116 Ithaca, New York DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General -Duty Valves: Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for valve installations. B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball valves. 3.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. B. Transition Fittings in Aboveground Domestic Water Piping NPS 2 and Smaller: Plastic -to - metal transition fittings. 3.5 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings. 3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support products and installation. 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. MSS Type 1, adjustable, clevis hangers. b. Make provision for expansion. Show loops, guides anchors and flex connectors. 3. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. C. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch. D. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. E. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet and at each floor level. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 221116 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 221116 Ithaca, New York DOMESTIC WATER PIPING F. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines t� allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Comply with requirements in Division 22 plumbing fixture Sections for connection sizes. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification materials and installation. B. Label air pressure piping with system operating pressure. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Piping Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: a. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: AiTange final inspection for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Piping Tests: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 221116 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 221116 Ithaca, New York DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. 2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 25 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. D. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system and add standard 12% hypochlorite bleach for a residual of 2-3 ppm chlorine (test for concentration). This should require 1 quart bleach per 10,000 gallons of water. Then add a general dispersrnent for mud, silt, and microbiological matter such as Drewsperse 738 or equivalent at 500-1000 ppm or 7 gallons product per 10,000 gallons of water. Circulate solution for a minimum of eight hours and empty to sanitary sewer. Fill, circulate and flush the system with clean water and clean all strainers. Arrange for Owners's inspection before draining this flush water. c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 221116 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 221116 Ithaca, New York DOMESTIC WATER PIPING C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L wrought- copper solder joint fittings; and soldered joints. 2. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure -seal -joint fittings; and pressure - sealed joints. 3.12 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves only for piping NPS 2 and smaller. ***END OF SECTION 221116*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 221116 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 224000 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Faucets for sinks. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 22 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures." 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures. C. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components --Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. D. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. E. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing fixtures: 1. Enameled, Cast -Iron Fixtures: ASME Al 12.19.1M. F. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for sink faucets: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 224000 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 224000 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING FIXTURES 1. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1. 2. Hose -Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011. 3. Hose -Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 4. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 5. NSF Potable -Water Materials: NSF 61. 6. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 7. Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1. G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous fittings: 1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SINK FAUCETS A. Sink Faucet S-1: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Standard Companies, Inc. b. Bradley Corporation. c. Chicago Faucets. 2. Description: Laboratory sink faucet with vacuum breaker and full flow nozzle. Include hot- and cold -water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor. a. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome plate. c. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.5 gpm. d. Mixing Valve: Two -lever handle. e. Centers: Single hole. f. Mounting: Deck. g. Handles: Wrist blade, 4 inches h. Inlets: NPS 3/8 compression thread. i. Spout Type: Rigid gooseneck. j. Spout Outlet: Plain end. k. Vacuum Breaker: Required. B. Fume Hood Sink Faucet S-2: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 224000 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 224000 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING FIXTURES 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. American Standard Companies, Inc. b. Bradley Corporation. c. Chicago Faucets. 2. Description: Laboratory fume hood sink faucet with vacuum breaker and turret outlet. Coordinate faucet inlet with supply, fixture holes, and remote control knob; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor. a. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome plate. c. Maximum Flow Rate: 2.5 gpm. d. Control: Remote angle valve. e. Centers: Single hole. f. Mounting: Fume hood panel. g. Handles: 2-1/2" cross. h. Inlets: NPS 3/8 NPT female thread inlet. i. Spout Type: Rigid gooseneck. j. Spout Outlet: Turret. k. Vacuum Breaker: Required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. C. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. D. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to lab waste drainage system. E. Install escutcheons at piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Escutcheons are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." F. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew -resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 224000 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 224000 Ithaca, New York PLUMBING FIXTURES 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to snatch fixtures. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. B. Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. C. Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. B. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 224000 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 224500 Ithaca, New York EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES SECTION 224500 - EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following emergency plumbing fixtures: 1. Emergency showers. 2. Eyewash equipment. 3. Hand-held drench hoses. 4. Combination units. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible Fixture: Emergency plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with disabilities. B. Plumbed Emergency Plumbing Fixture: Fixture with fixed, potable -water supply. C. Tempered Water: 60 — 100 °F water temperature. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include flow rates and capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z358.1, "Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment." B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. C. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components --Health Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 224500 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 224500 Ithaca, New York EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EMERGENCY SHOWERS A. Emergency Shower, ES: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bradley Corporation. b. Encon Safety Products. c. Guardian Equipment Co. 2. Description: Plumbed, single -shower -head semi -concealed, ceiling -mounting emergency shower. a. Capacity: Deliver potable water at rate not less than 20 gpm for at least 15 minutes. b. Supply Piping: NPS 1 stainless steel with flow regulator and stay -open control valve. c. Control -Valve Actuator: Pull station integral with casework furnished by owner. d. Shower Head: 10 -inch minimum diameter, stainless steel. 2.2 EYEWASH EQUIPMENT A. Eyewash Equipment, EEW: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bradley Corporation. b. Encon Safety Products. c. Guardian Equipment Co. 2. Description: Plumbed eyewash/drench hose unit, deck mounted. a. Capacity: Deliver potable water at rate not less than 0.4 gpm for at least 15 minutes. b. Supply Piping: NPS 3/8 high pressure reinforced PVC with flow regulator and stay -open control valve. c. Control -Valve Actuator: Squeeze handle. d. Mounting: Deck flange for mounting to countertop. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Assemble emergency plumbing fixture piping, fittings, control valves, and other components. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 224500 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 224500 Ithaca, New York EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES B. Install fixtures level and plumb. C. Fasten fixtures to substrate. D. Install ball shutoff valves in water -supply piping to fixtures. Install valves chained or locked in open position if permitted. Install valves in locations where they can easily be reached for operation. Valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." 1. Exception: Omit shutoff valve on supply to emergency equipment if prohibited by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Install dielectric fitting in supply piping to fixture if piping and fixture connections are made of different metals. Dielectric fittings are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." F. Coordinate emergency shower head installation with casework furnished by owner. Casework shall be furnished with integral emergency shower pull station. Contractor shall coordinate and provide connections/accessories as required to connect integral pull station to emergency shower head. G. Install escutcheons on piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Escutcheons are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." H. Install equipment nameplates or equipment markers on fixtures. Identification materials are specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." I. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. J. Connect existing building tempered water supply to emergency plumbing fixtures. K. Adjust or replace fixture flow regulators for proper flow. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 224500 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 226113 Ithaca, New York GENERAL GAS PIPING FOR LABORATORY FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: House Nitrogen, Compressed -Air, and Vacuum piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Copper Water Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L, seamless, drawn temper. 1. Copper Fittings: ASME ASME B16.22, wrought -copper, solder joint pressure type. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. 2.3 VALVES A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general -duty metal valves. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. B. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. C. Install piping adjacent to equipment and specialties to allow service and maintenance. D. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. E. Install eccentric reducers, if available, where compressed -air piping is reduced in direction of flow, with bottoms of both pipes and reducer fitting flush. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 226113 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 226113 Ithaca, New York GENERAL GAS PIPING FOR LABORATORY FACILITIES F. Install branch connections to compressed -air mains from top of main. Provide drain leg and drain trap at end of each main and branch and at low points. G. Install piping to permit valve servicing. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from outside of cleaned tubing and fittings before assembly. B. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to tube end. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828. 3.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support devices. B. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps. C. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel, clevis hangers. D. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 min) of each fitting and coupling. E. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 3/8 and NPS 1/2: 72 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. 2. NPS 3/4 (DN 20): 84 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. F. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. 3.4 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment". END OF SECTION 226113 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 226113 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL Ithaca, New York PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single-wall piping. 2. Piping specialties. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 226600 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES A. Single -Wall Piping Pressure Rating: 10 feet head of water. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE-WALL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PP Drainage Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 1412, pipe extruded and drainage -pattern fittings molded, with Schedule 40 dimensions, from PP resin with fire -retardant additive complying with ASTM D 4101; with fusion or mechanical joint ends. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. IPEX Inc. b. Orion Fittings, Inc.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. c. Sloane, George Fischer Inc. d. Town & Country Plastics, Inc. e. Watts Industries (Canada) Inc. f. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Chemical Drainage Systems. B. Adapters and Transition Fittings: Assemblies with combination of clamps, couplings, adapters, and gaskets; compatible with piping and system liquid; made for joining different piping materials. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 226600 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL Ithaca, New York 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS SECTION 226600 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES A. Couplings: Assemblies with combination of clamps, gaskets, sleeves, and threaded or flanged parts; compatible with piping and system liquid; and made by piping manufacturer for joining system piping. B. Adapters and Transition Fittings: Assemblies with combination of clamps, couplings, adapters, gaskets, and threaded or flanged parts; compatible with piping and system liquid; and made for joining different piping materials. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Plastic Dilution Traps: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. IPEX Inc. b. Orion Fittings, Inc.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. c. Sloane, George Fischer Inc. d. Town & Country Plastics, Inc. 2. Material: Corrosion -resistant PP, with removable base. 3. End Connections: Mechanical joint. 4. Dilution Tanks: 1 -gal. capacity, with clear base unless colored base is indicated; with two NPS 1-1/2 top inlets and one NPS 1-1/2 side outlet. 5. Small Dilution Jars: 1 -pint capacity, with clear base unless colored base is indicated; with NPS 1-1/2 top inlet and NPS 1-1/2 side outlet. 6. Large Dilution Jars: 1 -quart capacity; with NPS 1-1/2 top inlet and NPS 1-1/2 side outlet. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Chemical -Waste Piping Inside the Building: 1. Install piping next to equipment, accessories, and specialties to allow service and maintenance. 2. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used unless otherwise indicated. 3. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping unless otherwise indicated. 4. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. 5. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 226600 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL Ithaca, New York SECTION 226600 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 6. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. 7. Install piping at indicated slopes. 8. Install piping free of sags and bends. 9. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 10. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: a. New Piping: 1) Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep - pattern type. 2) Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. 3) Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped -steel type. 11. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs. 12. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum -board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. a. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 1) Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. b. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: 1) Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. 2) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout. c. Seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. 13. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. 14. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Chemical -Waste Piping Inside the Building: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 226600 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL Ithaca, New York SECTION 226600 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES 1 Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with both system materials. 3.3 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe sizes in this article refer to aboveground, single-wall piping. B. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or MSS Type 42, riser clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. 3. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for installation of supports. D. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. E. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. F. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double -rod hangers, to minimum of 3/8 inch. G. Install vinyl -coated hangers for PP piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 2: 33 inches with 3/8 -inch rod. H. Install supports for vertical PP piping every 72 inches. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Make connections to existing piping so finished Work complies as nearly as practical with requirements specified for new Work. C. Protect existing piping to prevent concrete or debris from entering while snaking connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. D. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 226600 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL Ithaca, New York 3.5 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION SECTION 226600 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES A. Comply with requirements in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for labeling of equipment and piping. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace leaking sewerage piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect assembled leak -detection systems and their installation, including piping and electrical connections, and to assist in testing. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Chemical -waste piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 CLEANING A. Use procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if not prescribed, use procedures described below: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Clean piping by flushing with potable water. 3.8 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Single -Wall, Chemical -Waste Sewerage Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4: PP drainage pipe and fittings and electrofusion or mechanical joints. C. Aboveground Chemical -Waste Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range: ***END OF SECTION 226600*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 226600 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. HVAC demolition. 4. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 5. Supports and anchorages. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory -threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.2 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230500 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC C. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAgl, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 2.3 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder - joint, plain, or weld -neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Not allowed to be used on Cornell University projects. D. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized -steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. E. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thennoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HVAC DEMOLITION A. Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. B. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230500 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Fire -Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. M. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. N. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing -in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper -phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230500 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230500 Ithaca, New York COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove buns and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230500 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230523 Ithaca, New York GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze ball valves. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 HVAC piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those Sections only. 2. Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves. B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. D. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Handlever: For quarter -turn valves NPS 3" and smaller. E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2 -inch stem extensions and the following features: 1. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non -thermal -conductive material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230523 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230523 Ithaca, New York GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING F. Valve -End Connections: 1. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Two -Piece, Regular -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Stainless Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following. a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. b. Watts Industries. c. Jamesbury. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP -110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig c. CWP Rating: 400 psig Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or soldered. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: 316 Stainless Steel. h. Ball: 316 Stainless Steel. i. Port: Regular. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230523 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230523 Ithaca, New York GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Ball valves. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder joint valve - end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3.5 HEATING -WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller: 1. Bronze Ball Valves: May be provided with solder -joint ends instead of threaded ends. ***END OF SECTION 230523*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230523 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Pipe labels. 3. Duct labels. 1.2 SUBMITTAL A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: White. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. C. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230553 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2.2 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, pennanent-adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.3 DUCT LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: Black. C. Background Color: White. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self -tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact -type pennanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.4 VALVE TAGS A. Brass with stamped numbers and letters (black -filled), 1-1/2 inch round with 'h inch numbers and % inch letters. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230553 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT B. Fastening shall be by brass "S" hooks, brass jack chains, or brass ball chains. 2.5 VALVE CHARTS A. Valve charts shall be of a sufficient size to provide valve number, size, function, and location. Chart shall have a key plan denoting approximate valve location. Coordinate locations of valve charts with the Owner. B. Valve charts shall be framed in wood or metal frames with Plexiglas cover. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping Color -Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting." B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Heating Water Piping: a. Background Color: Yellow. b. Letter Color: Black. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230553 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 3.4 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes: 1. Blue: For cold -air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts. 3. Green: For exhaust -air ducts. 4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust. B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. ***END OF SECTION 230553*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230553 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Balancing Variable -Air -Volume Systems. 2. Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. B. Certified TAB reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB. 1. TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB. 2. TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB as a TAB technician. B. Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2. Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. C. TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Owner. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC D. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow -control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C. Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D. Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate system -effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality -control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. G. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. H. Examine HVAC equipment and verify that equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. I. Examine terminal units, such as variable -air -volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. J. Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations. K. Examine heat -transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC L. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. M. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B. Complete system -readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical -power wiring is complete. 2. Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3. Automatic temperature -control systems are operational. 4. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5. Balance dampers are open. 6. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air -pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance", ASHRAE 111, NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems", and SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section. 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2. Install and join new insulation that snatches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper -control positions, valve position indicators, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch -pound (IP) units. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" duct layouts. C. For variable -air -volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct -airflow measurements. E. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. F. Check for airflow blockages. G. Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE -AIR -VOLUME SYSTEMS A. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a minimum set -point airflow with the remainder at maximum airflow condition until the total airflow of the terminal units equals the indicated airflow of the fan. Select the reduced -airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts. B. Pressure -Independent, Variable -Air -Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable -air -volume systems as follows: 1. Set outdoor -air dampers at minimum, and set return- and exhaust -air dampers at a position that simulates full -cooling load. 2. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply -fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of the terminal -unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome tenninal-unit discharge system losses. 3. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow. 4. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed maximum airflow. Use terminal -unit manufacturer's written instructions to snake this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units the same as described for constant -volume air systems. 5. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow the same as described for constant -volume air systems. a. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave outlets balanced for maximum airflow. 6. Re -measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outdoor airflow. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 -4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC a. Adjust the fan and balance the return -air ducts and inlets the same as described for constant -volume air systems. 7. Measure static pressure at the most critical tenninal unit and adjust the static -pressure controller at the main supply -air sensing station to ensure that adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit. 8. Record final fan -performance data. 3.6 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data, and number in sequence starting at pump to end of system. Check the sum of branch -circuit flow against the approved pump flow rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as -built" piping layouts. C. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general preparation procedures specified above: 1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow. 2. Check liquid level in expansion tank. 3. Check makeup water -station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent. 4. Check flow -control valves for specified sequence of operation, and set at indicated flow. 5. Set differential -pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully closed position when pump is positive -displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept open. 6. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers. 7. Check pump -motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow -balancing device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded. 8. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR VARIABLE -FLOW HYDRONIC SYSTEMS A. Balance systems with automatic two-way control valves by setting systems at maximum flow through heat -exchange terminals and proceed as specified above for hydronic systems. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT -TRANSFER COILS A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each water coil: 1. Unit designation. 2. Entering- and leaving -water temperature. 3. Water flow rate. 4. Water pressure drop. 5. Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air. 6. Airflow. 7. Face velocity. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 8. Air pressure drop. 9. Number of rows and fin spacing. 3.9 PROCEDURES FOR AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each air inlet or outlet. 1. Device designation. 2. Location of device, area served. 3. Neck size and area. 4. Airflow. 5. Velocity. 6. Discharge air temperature. 3.10 PROCEDURES FOR TERMINAL DEVICES A. Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each air inlet or outlet. 1. Unit designation. 2. Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number. 3. Location of device and area(s) served. 4. Unit size. 5. Airflow settings, minimum and maximum. 6. Air pressure drop. 3.11 PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS A. Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused. 1. Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan. 2. Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate information. 3. Check the condition of filters. 4. Check the condition of coils. 5. Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication. 6. Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the measurements taken. Report deficiencies. B. Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished. Verify the following: 1. New filters are installed. 2. Coils are clean and fins combed. 3. Fans are clean. 4. Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated. 5. Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC C. Perforin testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are affected by the renovation work. 1. Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils. 2. Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil face velocities and fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by equipment manufacturer. 3. If calculations increase or decrease the air flow rates and water flow rates by more than 5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates. If increase or decrease is 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not required. 4. Balance each air outlet. 3.12 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 5 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 5 percent. 3. Heating -Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 5 percent. 3.13 REPORTING A. Initial Construction -Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for perfornance measuring and balancing devices. 3.14 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field -report data, include the following: 1. Manufacturers' test data. 2. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 3. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230593 Ithaca, New York TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB contractor. 3. Project naive. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15. Test conditions for fans and pump perfonnance forms including the following: a. Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust -air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. d. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. e. Inlet vane settings for variable -air -volume systems. f. Settings for supply -air, static -pressure controller. g. Other system operating conditions that affect perfonnance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single -line diagram and include the following: 1. Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Water flow rates. 3. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5. Terminal units. 6. Position of balancing devices. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230593 - 8 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation Materials: a. Mineral fiber. 2. Insulating cements. 3. Adhesives. 4. Sealants. 5. Factory -applied jackets. 6. Tapes. 7. Secureinents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Insulation." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire -test - response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less, and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory -applied FSK jacket. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Corning; All -Service Duct Wrap. F. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro -Lok. c. Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley -K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ or with factory - applied ASJ-SSL. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 3. Type II, 1200 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type II, Grade A, with factory -applied ASJ or with factory - applied ASJ-SSL. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SinoothKote. b. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik -Cote. c. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL -A -3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.4 SEALANTS A. FSK Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76-8. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. c. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d. Mon -Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Vimasco Corporation; 750. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: Aluminum. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP -76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.5 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft -paper, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with aluminum -foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. FSK Jacket: Aluminum -foil, fiberglass -reinforced scrim with kraft -paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.6 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835. b. Compac Corp.; 104 and 105. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil -face, vapor -retarder tape snatching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. b. Compac Corp.; 110 and 111. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. 2.7 SECUREMENTS A. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated -Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T. 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon -steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. c. Spindle: Copper- or zinc -coated, low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 -inch - diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. B. Staples: Outward -clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4 -inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: 0.062 -inch soft -annealed, stainless steel. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. C & F Wire. b. Childers Products. c. PABCO Metals Corporation. d. RPR Products, Inc. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use deinineralized water. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material snatching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3 -inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Testing agency labels and stamps. 2. Nameplates and data plates. 3. Cleanouts. 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. B. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION damper sleeves for fire -rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to snatch adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. 1. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. 3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preforned fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two tunes the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing -box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below ambient services and a breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 8 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION 9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless- steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.5 MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 9 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. C. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. D. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor -discharge -weld pins and speed washers or cupped -head, capacitor - discharge -weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape snatching insulation facing. 4. For ducts with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2 -inch outward -clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field -applied jacket, adhesive, vapor -barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor - barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18 -foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor -barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 10 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 tunes the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat -oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6 -inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. 2. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field -applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.7 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply air. 3.8 INDOOR DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, Supply -Air Duct Insulation: "K" value: 0.22 — 0.25 Btu / in / hour • sqft • °F at 75 °F mean temperature rating, mineral -fiber blanket, 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density, with FSK jacket, and vapor retarder. 3.9 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 11 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 230700 Ithaca, New York HVAC INSULATION 3.10 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Heating -Hot -Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and below: Insulation shall be the following: 1. "K" value: 0.25 — 0.29 Btu / in / hour • sqft • °F at 125 °F mean temperature rating. 2. Mineral -Fiber Preformed Pipe, Type I, with ASJ jacket: a. 1-1/2 inch pipe and below: 1 inch thick. b. 2 inch pipe and above: 2 inch thick. END OF SECTION 230700 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230700 - 12 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC SECTION 230900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including control components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factory -wired controls. B. See Division 23 Section "Building Automation and Control System Communications and Interoperability" for additional requirements that relate to this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each control device, panel, controller, and accessory indicated; including dimensions, capacities, performance and electrical characteristics, and material finishes. Also, include installation, start-up, calibration, and maintenance instructions as well as cabling and tubing requirements. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Schematic Flow Diagrams: Include point names, point addresses, point type, normal position of output devices, device ranges, setpoints, bill of materials listing all devices and manufacturer numbers, and legend of device symbols. 2. Damper schedule: Include system served, size, design maximum flow, pressure drop at design maximum flow, manufacturer, model number, fail position, type, size and actuator information. 3. Valve schedule: Include equipment served, valve size, CV, design maximum flow, pressure drop at design maximum flow, position of valve at design condition, manufacturer, model number, close -off rating, normal position, valve characteristic, valve turndown, actuator information, and design controlled circuit pressure differential range. 4. Control System Architecture Diagram: One -line system architecture diagram indicating schematic location of all hardware, controllers, workstations, wiring diagrams, LAN interface devices, gateways, etc. Indicate address and type for each control unit. Indicate physical media, protocol, communication speed, and type of each LAN. 5. Control Sequences of Operation: Include sequences for each independent system, for all modes of operation (on, off, occupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cool -down, summer, winter, economizer, etc.); detailed steps during mode switches; details of operation during and after a power outage; specific direction on failure scenarios for loss of proof and all safety device trips; setpoints, trip points and ranges; smoke control systems; fire alarm panel interlocks and special operating modes. All related equipment should be grouped together by areas served; in addition to grouping sequences into function sections (start/stop, static pressure control, differential pressure control, heating, cooling, economizer, etc.). WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 6. Points List: In tabular form. Include all physical and virtual points and organize by system/sub-system. Include naives, descriptors, addresses, and point types with applicable range as a minimum. 7. Alarms and Alarms List: Include the alarm point name, point type, and alarm parameters. 8. Floor Plans: Include locations of all controllers/control panels, sensors, operator workstations, interface devices, UPS's, network components, etc. 9. Wiring Diagrams: Include both ladder logic type diagrams for motor starter, control, and safety circuits and detailed digital interface panel point termination diagrams with all wire numbers and terminal block number identified. Provide panel termination drawings on separate drawings. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory - installed and portions to be field -installed. All wiring of related components that snake up a system shall be grouped together in one diagram. C. Field quality -control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include maintenance instructions and spare parts list for each type of control device, control unit and accessory; BACS user's guides for each controller type and for all workstation hardware, software, and workstation peripheral; BACS programming manuals for each controller type and for all workstation software. E. As -Built Documents: 1. Hard Copy (General): All drawings and documentation required at the submittal phase, reflecting the final installed condition of the BACS. 2. Hard Copy (Control Panels): All the drawings and documentation associated with that panel and its field devices shall be provided in a plastic protective pocket mounted inside the panel door. 3. Electronic Copy: As submittal and as -built documents shall be provided. Documentation shall be provided in either Microsoft Office format (Work, Excel, etc.) or Adobe Portable Document format (PDF). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. Substitutions are not allowed. 2.2 CONTROL SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Alerton Inc. 2. Automated Logic Corporation. B. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical systems. C. Control system shall consist of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and software connected to distributed controllers operating in multiuser, multitasking environment on token -passing network and programmed to control mechanical systems. 2.3 DDC EQUIPMENT A. Control Units: Modular, comprising processor board with programmable, nonvolatile, random- access memory; local operator access and display panel; integral interface equipment; and backup power source. 1. Units monitor or control each I/O point; process information; execute commands from other control units, devices, and operator stations; and download from or upload to operator workstation. 2. Stand-alone mode control functions operate regardless of network status, with no communication to other devices on the network while performing their monitoring and control routines using programs and operating parameters stored in the controllers' memory. Functions include the following: a. Global communications. b. Discrete/digital, analog, and pulse I/O. c. Monitoring, controlling, or addressing data points. d. DDC software applications, alann processing and buffering software, energy management software. e. Testing and developing control algorithms without disrupting field hardware and controlled environment. f. Real-time operating system software. g. Real-time clock/calendar and network time synchronization. h. Controller diagnostic software. i. Data trending, reporting, and buffering software. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 3. All points and functions that make up a functional system (typically that shown on one control schematic) shall be included in one controller to qualify for this stand-alone func- tionality. Where control sequences depend on global variables such as OAT, the control- ler shall have the capability of either using the last value or a default value. 4. Controller software must be capable of detecting hardware and software failures and forc- ing all outputs to a predetermined state, consistent with the failure mode requirements de- fined on the drawings. In this state it shall issue an alarm. 5. Controllers must include sufficient memory for all required operation and all required trending, when trending is buffered in the controller. Where control system operation is hindered by the shortage of memory, contractor shall, at no cost to the Owner, either up- grade the memory or provide multiple controllers. The mix of points for multiple con- trollers shall not violate the stand-alone requirements. Volatile memory is required to be backed up in the event of power loss. Software stored in non-volatile memory will not have to be downloaded from the central server after an interruption of power occurs. 6. Controllers used for time -scheduled operations must be equipped with a battery backed internal real-time clock function to provide a time base for implementing time -dependent programs. Provision shall be made for the routine updating of the controllers' clocks via a time master. 7. Resumption of power after an outage shall cause the controllers to automatically restart and establish communications as needed by their applications. Controller shutdown based on a self-diagnosed failure in the power supply, hardware, or software must set each piece of controlled equipment to a predetermined failure mode. 8. Controllers shall be powered from the most reliable source that powers any of the sys- tems it serves. In the situation where a controller will be required to continuously collect data to be transmitted to a workstation, or where it monitors critical recovery information such as the presence of emergency power, it may be necessary to provide a UPS for the controller as well as any critical sensors. Where panels are provided with a different power source as the equipment (such as when the panel is on a UPS), the panel shall be provided with a means of monitoring the power source to the controlled equipment. This can be a dedicated power monitor or a value coming from transfer switch contacts. 9. I/O (physical and virtual) database: Inputs and outputs shall have the capability to be overridden for emergency modes and testing. 10. Programming: The programming shall be logically segmented, documented, and titled, and expand on the specified sequence of operations. Each segment shall contain control logic for a specific controlled component of a system. This is to improve the ability of the end user to understand and interpret the logic easily. 11. Trending: To support commissioning and building data mining, the BACS shall be capa- ble of trending and archiving all points on building- and system -level controllers at a minimum of 15 minute intervals. The BACS shall also have the capability of trending at least five points on each field -level controller at an interval of 15 minutes. The trend data shall be uploaded to a central database as needed to prevent buffer overflow in the con- troller. Controller memory capability, network architecture, and communications band- width shall be designed to account for this trending. 12. Trend Graphs: Web -based software shall provide for displaying graphic plots of the trended values. The software shall support multiple scales, points and point types simul- WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC taneously. Control vendor shall configure these graphs in a logical manner for each sys- tem. 13. Web -based Graphics: a. Provide floor plan screens for each floor and/or section of the building. Indicate the location of all equipment that is not located on the equipment room screens. Indicate the location of temperature sensors and VAV boxes associated with each temperature -controlled zone (i.e., VAV terminals, fan -coils, single -zone AHU's etc.) on the floor plan screens. Display the space temperature point adjacent to each temperature sensor symbol. Indicate room numbers as provided by Cornell University. Provide a graphic link from each zone and/or equipment symbol shown on the graphic floor plan screens to each corresponding equipment sche- matic graphic screen b. Provide floor plan screens for each mechanical equipment room and, if mechani- cal equipment is situated there, the roof. Indicate the location of each item of me- chanical equipment. Provide a link from each equipment symbol shown on the plan view screen to each corresponding mechanical system schematic graphic. c. If multiple floor plans are necessary to show all areas, provide a graphic building key plan. Use elevation views and/or plan views as necessary to graphically indi- cate the location of all of the larger scale floor plans. Link the graphic building key plan to larger scale partial floor plans. Provide links from each larger scale floor plan graphic to the building key plan and to each of the other graphic floor plan screens. d. Provide a graphic site plan with links to and from each building graphic. e. Provide system schematic graphics for each air handling system. Indicate OA temperature and relative humidity, and mode of operation as applicable (i.e., oc- cupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cool -down, etc.). Link screens for air handlers to the heating system and cooling system graphics Link screens for supply and ex- haust systems, if they are not available in a single graphic. f. Provide a system schematic graphic for each HVAC subsystem controlled. Each I/O point in the project shall appear in at least one graphic. System graphics shall include flow diagrams with status, setpoints, current analog input and output val- ues, operator commands, etc., as applicable. General layout of the system shall be schematically correct. I/O devices shall be shown in their schematically correct locations. Include appropriate engineering units for each displayed point value. Verbose names (English language descriptors) shall be included for each point on all graphics; this may be accomplished by the use of a pop-up window accessed by selecting the displayed point with the cursor. Indicate all adjustable setpoints on the applicable system schematic graphic or, if space does not allow, on a sup- plemental linked setpoint screen. All outputs shall be represented in terms of per- cent open and include a pop-up link to the control logic. g. Provide a system schematic graphic for each hydronic system. h. Provide a system schematic graphic for each terrninal unit. In addition to points associated with the unit, indicate mode of operation as applicable (i.e., normal oc- cupied, unoccupied, warm-up, maximum heating, maximum cooling, etc.). Pro- vide links between the applicable floor plan screen and this screen. Also provide links to the graphics representing the parent systems. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC i. Link system schematic screens for heating and cooling system graphics to utility history reports showing current and monthly energy usage, demands, peak values, etc. j. Link system schematic screens to all schedules and setpoints B. I/O Interface: Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into system through controllers. Protect points so that shorting will cause no damage to controllers. 1. Binary Inputs: Allow monitoring of on-off signals without external power. 2. Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Accept up to 10 pulses per second. 3. Analog Inputs: Allow monitoring of low -voltage (0- to 10-V dc), current (4 to 20 mA), or resistance signals. 4. Binary Outputs: Provide on-off or pulsed low -voltage signal, selectable for normally open or normally closed operation. 5. Analog Outputs: Provide modulating signal, either low voltage (0- to 10-V dc) or current (4 to 20 mA). 6. Universal I/Os: Provide software selectable binary or analog outputs. C. Power Supplies: Transfonners with Class 2 current -limiting type or overcurrent protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall match output current and voltage requirements and be full -wave rectifier type with the following: 1. Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak. 2. Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100-mic.sec. response time for 50 percent load changes. 3. Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150 percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure. 4. Ability to produce at least 33% more current than required by the transmitters and controls being installed. 5. Output regulation shall be less than 0.5 mV. 6. Certification that the equipment will not cause, as a result of its operation, either directly or indirectly, electrical interference to be induced into the building's electrical power systems. D. Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for controllers with the following: 1. Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V. 2. Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds. 3. Minimum transverse -mode noise attenuation of 65 dB. 4. Minimum common -mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2.4 ELECTRONIC SENSORS A. Description: Vibration and con-osion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as required. B. Thermistor and RTD Temperature Sensors and Transmitters: 1. Manufacturers: a. Building Automation Products, Inc. (BAPI) b. Johnson Controls, Inc.; Controls Group c. Kele, Inc. d. MAMAC Systems, Inc. e. Precon USA f. Vaisala. g. Veris Industries 2. Resolution: When matched with A/D converter of the controller, sensor range shall provide a resolution of no less than 0.4°F (unless noted otherwise). 3. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.5 deg F (0.3 deg C) at calibration point. 4. Wire: Twisted, shielded -pair cable. 5. Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, consisting of a sensing element, junction box for wiring connections, and a gasket to prevent air leakage or vibration noise. The sensor probe shall be stainless steel. 6. Averaging Elements in Ducts: Shall consist of an averaging element, junction box for wiring connections and gasket to prevent air leakage. Provide sensor lengths and quantities to result in one foot of sensing element for each two square feet of coil/duct face area. 7. Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless-steel thennowell, sensor and connection head for wiring connections. 8. Room Sensors: a. Set -Point Adjustment: Provide set -point adjustment and appropriate cabling for all zones. The setpoint adjustment shall be a wanner/cooler indication that shall be scalable via the BACS system. b. Provide the sensor with an alphanumeric display. c. Provide sensor with communications jack and appropriate cabling for connection to the BACS. C. Airflow Sensors with Differential Air Pressure Transmitters/Transducers: 1. Manufacturers: a. Air Monitor Corporation. b. Paragon Controls Incorporated. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2. Airflow Grid: a. Air traverse probes shall be pitot-tube averaging type, containing multiple total and static pressure sensors. Material of construction shall be suitable for the application. Fan inlet grids shall be used where possible to measure fan airflow. b. Stations shall be AMCA certified. c. Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 percent for duct mounted applications, and plus or minus 3 percent for fan inlet applications. d. Airflow Straightner: Provide where indicated. 3. Differential Pressure and Flow Transmitter: a. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.25 percent of natural span, including non -linearity, hysteresis, deadband, and non -repeatability. b. Stability: Plus or minus 0.5% of full scale per year or less. c. Shall have an automatic zeroing circuit capable of electronically adjusting the transmitter zero at predetennined time intervals while simultaneously holding the transmitted output signal. 2.5 AUXILIARY DEVICES A. Control Relays: Functional Devices, UL listed plug-in type with dust cover and LED "energized" indicator. Contact rating, configuration and coil voltage shall be suitable for the application. 2.6 STATUS SENSORS Status Inputs for Electric Motors, General: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current -sensing fixed - or split -core transformers with self -powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175 percent of rated motor current. B. Current Switches: Veris Industries - Hawkeye, self -powered, solid-state with adjustable trip current, selected to snatch current and system output requirements. C. Electronic Valve/Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel and 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal. 2.7 ACTUATORS A. Electronic Actuators: Direct -coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full -stroke cycles at rated torque, and be UL 873 listed. Provide stroke indicator. Actuators shall have a positive positioning circuit and selectable inputs. Full stroke shall be within 90 seconds. Where fail positions are required, provide spring return on the actuator with adequate close off force. 1. Manufacturers: a. Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 8 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 2. Valves: Size for torque required for valve close off at maximum pump differential pressure. 3. Dampers: Size for running torque calculated as follows: a. Parallel -Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. (86.8 kg-cm/sq. m) of damper. b. Opposed -Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. (62 kg-cm/sq. m) of damper. c. Parallel -Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch-lb/sq. ft (49.6 kg-cm/sq. m) of damper. d. Opposed -Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch-lb/sq. ft. (37.2 kg-cm/sq. m) of damper. e. Dampers with 2- to 3 -Inch wg (500 to 750 Pa) of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 1000 to 2500 fpin (5 to 13 m/s): Increase running torque by 1.5. f. Dampers with 3- to 4 -Inch wg (750 to 1000 Pa) of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of 2500 to 3000 fpm (13 to 15 m/s): Increase running torque by 2.0. 4. Coupling: V -bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle. 5. Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation -sensing circuitry. 6. Fail -Safe Operation: Mechanical, spring -return mechanism. Provide external, manual gear release on nonspring-return actuators. 7. Power Requirements (Two -Position Spring Return): 24-V ac. 8. Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V dc. 9. Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-V dc or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-V dc position feedback signal. 2.8 CONTROL VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc. 2. Valve Solutions, Inc. B. Control Valves: Factory fabricated, of type, body material, and pressure class based on maximum pressure and temperature rating of piping system, unless otherwise indicated. C. Hydronic system characterizing disk valves shall have the following characteristics: 1. NPS 3 and Smaller: Belimo CCV Series, forged brass - nickel plated body, stainless steel ball and stein, fiberglass reinforced Teflon (PTFE) seat, 400 psi pressure rating, 0 °F to 212 °F media temperature range, equal percentage flow characteristic on two-way valves, linear flow characteristic on three-way valves. D. Hydronic and steam system segmented ball valves shall have the following characteristics: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 9 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 1. NPS 3/4: VSI Series 75, Two-piece, forged brass body, stainless steel V -notch ball and shaft, PTFE ball seals with Viton O -rings, Single PTFE steam seal with dual Viton 0 - rings, 300:1 turndown ratio, equal percentage flow characteristic, rated for 500 psi at 300 °F. 2. NPS 1 thru 6: VSI Series V, ANSI Class VI leakage rate, carbon steel or stainless steel body, stainless steel V -notch ball and shaft, low friction bearings, graphite ball seat, -20 °F to 450 °F media temperature range, 300:1 turndown ratio, equal percentage flow characteristic. 2.9 LABORATORY AIRFLOW CONTROL DEVICES A. General: Air Valves shall be by Accutrol or Phoenix; no other manufacturer substitutions will be accepted. Basis of Design for this project is Accutrol. Substitution of Phoenix valves will be allowed, however, the Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any design and construction changes in accordance with Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements, Substitutions and Product Options. 1. All airflow valves shall be individually marked with valve specific, factory calibration data. As a minimum, it should include: valve tag number, serial number, model number, eight point valve characterization information (electronic valves), and quality control inspection numbers. 2. Certification: Each airflow control valve shall be factory calibrated to the job specific airflows as detailed on the plans and specifications using NIST traceable air stations and instrumentation having a combined accuracy of at least 1% of signal over the entire range of measurement. Electronic valves shall be further calibrated and their accuracy verified to 5% of signal at eight different airflows per valve B. Venturi Type Airflow Valves: 1. Manufacturer: Phoenix Controls Corporation. 2. Supply and general exhaust air assemblies shall be constructed of 16 gauge spun aluminum, with continuous welded seam. Body and cone shall be uncoated aluminum, with an uncoated stainless steel shaft. Shaft bearings shall be made of composite Teflon, with spring grade stainless steel spring and polyester or polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) slider assembly. 3. Fume hood and gas cabinet exhaust air assemblies shall be constructed of 16 gauge spun aluminum, with continuous welded seam. Body and cone shall be coated with a baked phenolic coating, with a PFA coated stainless steel shaft. Shaft bearings shall be made of composite Teflon, with spring grade stainless steel spring and polyester or polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) slider assembly 4. The airflow control device shall be pressure independent over a 0.3 to 3.0 -inch we differential static pressure across valve. An integral pressure independent assembly shall respond and maintain specified airflow within one second of a change in duct static pressure or command signal irrespective of the magnitude of pressure and/or flow change or quantity of airflow controllers on a inanifolded system. The electric actuator shall be factory mounted to the valve WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 10 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 5. Supply valves shall be insulated with 2.0 pound per cubic foot, 3/8 -inch flexible closed - cell polyethylene with a Flame smoke rating of 25/50. 6. Volume control shall be accurate to plus or minus 5% of airflow commend signal over an airflow turndown range of no less than 16 to 1. Airflow shall be field adjustable. No minimum entrance or exit duct diameters shall be required to ensure speed of response, accuracy, or pressure independence. 7. Provide air valve with flow feedback via a potentiometer to provide a 0-10 VDC feedback signal scaled to indicate airflow. Output signal shall be connected to the BAS. 8. Provide air valve with a pressure switch to detect low static pressure across the valve and provide low static pressure alarm monitoring. Output signal shall be connected to the BAS. C. Vortex Shedding Type Airflow Valves: 1. Manufacturer: Accutrol 2. Supply and general exhaust air assemblies shall be constructed of 16 gauge aluminum, with 316 stainless steel shaft. It shall consists of a compression section, two airflow control surfaces, factory -mounted digital vortex airflow measuring device, factory - mounted high speed electric actuator and integral access panel. 3. Fume hood and gas cabinet exhaust air assemblies shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel, with 316 stainless steel shaft. It shall consists of a compression section, two airflow control surfaces, factory -mounted digital vortex airflow measuring device, factory - mounted high speed electric actuator and integral access panel. 4. The airflow control device shall be pressure independent over a 0.3 to 3.0 -inch we differential static pressure across valve. An integral pressure independent assembly shall respond and maintain specified airflow within one second of a change in duct static pressure or command signal irrespective of the magnitude of pressure and/or flow change or quantity of airflow controllers on a manifolded system. The electric actuator shall be factory mounted to the valve 5. The valve shall be complete with a digital vortex type airflow sensing device providing airflow feedback for the system. Volume control shall be accurate to plus or minus 5% of airflow commend signal over an airflow turndown range of 8 to 1. Airflow shall be field adjustable. No minimum entrance or exit duct diameters shall be required to ensure speed of response, accuracy, or pressure independence. D. Fuine Hood Controller: 1. Manufacturers: The fume hood controller shall be matched with the laboratory airflow control device. Unit shall be capable of communicating with the BACS system. 2. Provide a fully integrated system, including sash position sensor and transmitter, controller, and display unit. 3. Fume Hood Display Face: A keypad shall provide three forms of visual data as follows: hood operating anode (normal, setback, emergency); digital display of measured hood face velocity; and three high visibility LED's to indicate normal, caution, and alann conditions. 4. Monitor shall be capable of face velocity setback. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 11 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 5. Alarms: Both visual and audible alarms shall be provided. 6. Sash Position Sensor/Transmitter: The sash position sensor shall be capable of detecting the fume hood's sash position in order to maintain a constant face velocity across the fume hood. Vertical sash sensors shall be provided for general fume hood applications. Combination vertical/horizontal sash sensors shall be provided for ADA Fume Hoods. Sensing shall be accomplishes by a potentiometer with spring return that is rotated by a connecting cable attached to the sash, counterweight or sash cable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Verify location of exposed control sensors with Drawings and room details before installation. Install devices 48 inches (1220 mm) above the floor. 1. Install averaging elements in ducts and plenums in crossing or zigzag pattern. B. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C. Install hydronic instrument wells, valves, and other accessories according to Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping." 3.2 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to the latest version of NFPA 70, National Electric Code. B. Install building wire and cable according to the latest version of NFPA 70, National Electric Code. C. Install signal and communication cable according to the latest version of NFPA 70, National Electric Code. 1. All control wiring in mechanical equipment rooms or other spaces in which it is readily accessible shall be installed in electrical metal tubing (EMT) with compression fittings. 2. All control wiring run in interstitial spaces shall either be run in EMT or a cable tray or raceway. 3. All control wiring installed in vertical chases shall be installed in EMT. 4. All control wiring above non -accessible ceilings shall be installed in EMT. 5. All control wiring installed above accessible ceiling spaces which are not laboratories or AHU's shall be plenum type, not installed in conduit, but neatly run with generous use of rings or ties. 6. Wire shall be unspliced from the controller to the sensor or device. 7. Control wiring shall not be routed in the same raceway as power wiring. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 12 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 8. Control wiring shall be color coded and labeled at all points of tennination. 9. Remove and properly dispose of all abandoned control wiring, conduit, tubing, boxes, enclosures, components, and other controls -related work. 10. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. 11. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 12. Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and equipment. D. Connect hand -off -auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in hand position. E. Responsibilities: 1. The BASC contractor wiring responsibilities shall include the following: a. All low voltage wiring associated with the BACS and gas detection systems. b. All low voltage alann wiring, including alarms and functions as required to report these alarms and functions to the BACS head -end. c. All line and low voltage wiring for the control of all HVAC motors (whether individual or as part of packaged equipment), automatic control valves, and dampers, including: wiring for EPs, PEs, relays, controllers, thermostats, actuating devices, unit heater controls, and cabinet heater controls, except as noted below. d. All power supply wiring for all BACS components. 2. Coordinate with the Electrical contractor to provide the following under their purview: a. "Lock -out stop" control wiring. b. A separate system of wiring for smoke and fire control of motors which are to be automatically and/or manually controlled by the fire protective alarm system will be run to the motor starters or BACS enclosures. c. A separate system of wiring for smoke and fire control of dampers that are to be automatically and/or manually controlled directly by the fire protective alarm system (i.e., not in response to motor operation). d. All 120 -volt power wiring to support the BACS and gas detection systems. 3.3 CONTROL PANELS A. Enclosures: 1. All BACS panels shall be metal enclosures containing the controller, I/O modules, power supplies, termination strips, battery (if not integral to the controller or I/O module) and a spare AC outlet. 2. All penetrations of the BACS or outboard gear panels in mechanical rooms shall be from the bottom of the enclosure with wireway and conduit stubs from the wireway up to the panel. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 13 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 3. All transformers and power supplies shall be mounted outside of the central panel. 4. Enclosures located in mechanical rooms shall be NEMA 4. 5. Enclosures located in labs and other relatively dust free and dry spaces may be NEMA 1. 6. Enclosures shall be mounted on walls or free-standing supports. 7. Provide enclosures with key lockable doors. B. Panel Fabrication 1. The Contractor shall size the panel such that no more than 80% of the surface of the enclosure back plate is used. 2. Plastic wire way (e.g., Panduit) shall be used to organize all wiring in the panel. 3. Sufficient wire way shall be provided in the panel such that it is filled no more than 80% capacity. 4. Panel layout and construction shall be neat and professional. 5. All controllers, wiring, and components in the panels shall be labeled. All labeling shall match the reference numbers on the cabinet drawings that shall be provided for each panel. 6. Label the power source and circuit number for each panel. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confinn proper unit operation. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. 3. Test calibration of controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. 4. Test each point through its full operating range to verify that safety and operating control set points are as required. 5. Test each control loop to verify stable mode of operation and compliance with sequence of operation. Adjust PID actions. 6. Test each system for compliance with sequence of operation. 7. Test software and hardware interlocks. B. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment and repeat testing procedures. C. The BACS contractor shall issue a report upon project completion stating that the system is complete, has been adjusted, and has had all hardware and software functions verified, that all analog control loops are tuned, and is operating in accordance with the specifications. Any deviations from specified settings or operations necessitated during system adjustment shall be specifically noted. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 14 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230900 Ithaca, New York INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." B. All software processes shall be thoroughly demonstrated to the Owner's representative. Alarm conditions shall be simulated for conformance. Analog control points shall be exercised through their entire range. All control interlocks and sequences shall be completely verified. The checkout shall be a thorough and exhaustive review of the installation to assure proper operation of the total system. C. The Contractor shall include eight hours of training. END OF SECTION 230900 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230900 - 15 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY SECTION 230901 — BUILDING AUTOMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section provides the communication and interoperability requirements for building automation and control system components to be supplied to Cornell. Because the University's systems have evolved over many years and involve products from multiple vendors and, in several cases, multiple generations of control systems from single vendors, attention must be given to the integration of the old and the new. The objectives of this integration include: providing a mechanism for competitive procurement of building control products; assisting in meeting the University's energy conservation and environmental protection goals; improving the operational systems available to our facilities management and operations staff; reducing, if possible, overall facilities management costs; and providing an infrastructure for optimizing performance in a deregulated utility environment. B. The objectives shall be met by the use, to the extent possible, of existing, widely accepted data communication standards and practices. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2001: BACnet® - A Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and Control Networks, as amended, and hereinafter referred to as "BACnet". American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers, Inc. 2001. B. ATA/ANSI 878.1 (1992), ARCNET Local Area Network. C. ISO/IEC 8802-3 (1993), Information processing systems - Local area networks - Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: In addition to the definitions contained in the applicable standards listed in paragraph 1.03, the following should be noted: 1. ARCNET. Attached Resource Computer Network. See BACnet, Clause 8 and ATA/ANSI 878.1. 2. BACnet/IP. BACnet Annex J Devices. Annex J of BACnet describes how BACnet devices can make use of IP directly for communicating across IP -based internets. 3. BACnet PICS. A Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement that describes the BACnet capabilities of a specific device. See BACnet, Annex A. 4. SACS. Building Automation and Control System. 5. BBMD. BACnet Broadcast Management Device. See BACnet, Annex J. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 6. BMA. BACnet Manufacturers Association. 7. BTL. The BACnet Testing Laboratories of the BMA. The organization responsible for testing products to assure that they conform to the BACnet standard. Listings of tested products are available at www.bacnetassociation.org. 8. Campus Backbone. A fiber optic data communication infrastructure on the Cornell campus managed by CIT. Users connect to the backbone by means of CIT - supplied Ethernet concentrators in each building and appropriate 10/100BASE-T unshielded, twisted pair wiring. The backbone uses the Internet Protocol for routing messages to and from computers both on and off the Cornell campus. 9. CIT. Cornell Infonnation Technologies. The organization that manages the Cornell campus networking infrastructure, including the provision of network connections in Cornell buildings. 10. Computer- Section. The computer group within the Cornell Utilities and Energy Management Department. The Computer Section is responsible for the EMCS and the coordination of BACS device addressing and network numbering. 11. BIBB. BACnet Interoperability Building Block. A collection of one or more BACnet services defined for the purpose of describing communication functionality in an unambiguous way. See BACnet, Annex K. 12. Device Profile. A collection of BIBBs that describes the minimum BACnet capabilities of a particular device in order to achieve reliable communication in one of five specified "interoperability areas." Devices include BACnet Building Controllers (B -BC), BACnet Advanced Application Controllers (B-AAC), and BACnet Application Specific Controllers (B -ASC). See BACnet, Annex L. 13. EMCS. A computer complex, housed at Chilled Water Plant 1, that provides Energy Management and Control System functions for the University. The EMCS is connected to the campus backbone and uses the Internet Protocol (IP) for the routing of messages to and from individual buildings. 14. Ethernet. A carrier sensing multiple access with collision detection network technology defined by ISO/IEC 8802-3. 15. Gateway. A device that translates BACnet messages into those of a non-BACnet protocol and vice -versa. 16. Internetwork. A set of two or more BACnet networks interconnected by routers. 17. Interoperability Area. A communications domain in which functional cooperation is desired. These areas are currently: 1) data sharing; 2) alarm and event management; 3) trending; 4) scheduling; and 5) device and network management. See BACnet, Clause 22. 18. IP. The Internet Protocol. A networking protocol originally developed by the federal Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. BACnet messages can traverse the campus backbone by being encapsulated in routable IP packets. 19. Local. Pertaining to the requirements of a specific job or building project. 20. LAN. Local Area Network. One of the approved BACnet network technologies: Ethernet, ARCNET or MS/TP. 21. MS/TP. Master-Slave/Token-Passing Network. One of the approved BACnet LANs. See BACnet, Clause 9. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 22. Network. One of the communication technologies for data communications specified in BACnet. Approved network technologies at Cornell are Ethernet, ARCNET and MS/TP. 23. PICS. Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement. A document that describes in detail a device's BACnet capabilities. See BACnet, Annex A. 24. UDP. The User Datagram Protocol. One of the IP family of protocols. UDP is used to convey BACnet/IP messages and is characterized by a "port number" for each protocol. BACnet/IP typically uses UDP port X'BACO' or decimal 47808. 25. VLAN. Virtual Local Area Network. A network configuration that allows devices to communicate across multiple physical local area networks (LANs) using their hardware or "medium access control" (MAC) addresses as if they shared a common networking medium. As with a physical LAN, "local" broadcast messages are also propagated to each of the participating LANs. VLAN capability depends on the configuration of the interconnecting data communication equipment. VLAN configuration is performed by CIT. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. In addition to any requirements specified elsewhere, the Contractor shall provide both proposed and as -built versions of the following: 1. Schematic drawings that represent the system architecture and configuration in both hardcopy and editable electronic format. 2. A points list that includes, for each physical or logical point, the name, description, display units, alarm limits and definitions, along with the BACnet object description, object ID, and associated device ID. The list shall also indicate whether Trend Log or Schedule objects have been established for the point. 3. Documentation for any non-standard BACnet objects, properties, or enumerations utilized detailing their structure, data types, and any associated lists of enumerated values. 4. PICS files indicating the BACnet functionality and configuration of each device. In addition to the requirements of BACnet, Annex A, the Contractor shall provide infoiiiiation on any limitations on the numbers of supported objects in a given device including, specifically, Trend Log and Schedule objects. 5. Documentation on submitted products that have been tested and listed by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL), or provide a letter on manufacturer's company letterhead indicating the anticipated date by which testing is expected to be completed. If, for any reason, BTL testing and listing has not been completed, a written commitment shall be provided to upgrade installed controls to a version that meets BTL testing and listing requirements should deficiencies be found during BTL testing. 1.5 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of subcontractors' work relative to the BACS. Specific questions relating to communication and interoperability shall be submitted to the Computer Section. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Each networked device supplied pursuant to this section shall be installed and configured so as to correctly execute all sequences of operation for its intended application, as defined in other sections of this specification. In addition, each networked device shall provide, at a minimum, the BACnet communication capabilities prescribed in the device profiles for devices of its type. See 2.02. 2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. Controller Requirements: Controller devices supplied to meet the functional and operational requirements of this specification shall conform, at a minimum, to one the BACnet device profiles contained in BACnet, Annex L: BACnet Building Controller (B -BC), BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC), or BACnet Application Specific Controller (B -ASC). The interoperability requirements of such devices are contained in BACnet, Annex L. B -BC controller devices shall communicate using BACnet/IP. Other devices may use BACnet over ARCNET or BACnet over MS/TP. B. Router Requirements: In the event that devices are provided that do not use BACnet/IP over Ethernet as their communication technology, BACnet routers shall be provided that route between BACnet/IP over Ethernet and the other BACnet LAN type(s), whether ARCNET or MS/TP. These routers shall conforni to the specifications of BACnet, Clause 6. C. Gateways: BACS devices that use BACnet as their native protocol are preferred. The use of gateways, in circumstances where no native BACnet devices are available, requires the specific approval of the Owner in each instance. D. Workstation Requirements: The EMCS operator interface is the responsibility of the Computer Section. If, however, a specific job requires a Local workstation, the Contractor shall provide a personal computer of current design and approved by the Owner equipped with a web browser that can display information from a Contractor - supplied web server that interfaces with the local BACnet network and the campus backbone, as described 2.02.E. E. Web Server Requirements: If a local workstation is required, the Contractor shall comply with 2.02.D and shall, in addition, provide a web server computer with the web page presentation, data acquisition, and storage functionality described in this section, including the specific functions listed below. The web server shall be configured in such a way that there is no limit to the number of simultaneous users. 1. Data Sharing: a. Presentation of data (i.e., user definable reports and graphics) b. The ability to monitor and display the values of all BACnet object types, including all required and optional properties c. The ability to modify setpoints and parameters WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 2. Alarm and Event Management: a. Operator notification and presentation of event information b. Alarm acknowledgment by operators c. Alarm summarization d. Adjustment of alarm limits e. Adjustment of alarm routing 3. Scheduling: a. Modification of schedules b. Display of the start and stop times (schedule) of scheduled devices 4. Trending: a. Modification of the parameters of a trend log b. Display and archive of trend log data 5. Device and Network Management: a. Display of information about the status of any device on the local BACnet network b. Display of information about any object in the local BACnet network c. Ability to silence a device on the network that is transmitting erroneous data d. Ability to cause a remote device to reinitialize itself e. Ability to backup and restore the configuration of devices on the local BACnet network f. Ability to query and change the configuration local BACnet routers 2.3 NETWORK CONNECTIONS A. This clause prescribes the means of interconnecting building automation and control devices provided pursuant to this specification. B. LANs: 1. All control devices meeting the B -BC device profile shall be connected to an ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) LAN provided by the Contractor. This LAN, in turn, shall be connected to the campus backbone network. Unless otherwise specified, the connection shall be via a 10/100BASE-T port provided by the Owner. 2. The location of the jack will be determined in consultation with the Computer Section, which will arrange with CIT for the jack's installation. The Contractor shall also provide any additional data communication hardware, such as hubs and repeaters, that may be needed to interconnect the supplied BACS equipment and to connect to Owner's backbone network. 3. To facilitate maintenance technician access to the LAN, the Contractor shall also provide at least one additional 10/100BASE-T access point in each mechanical room that contains BACS equipment. This requirement may be met by supplying either a hub with a spare port or a dedicated jack. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 4. Control devices that meet the B -ASC profile, but do not support Ethernet, must use another approved BACnet LAN technology. These technologies are ARCNET and MS/TP. If Ethernet is not supported on any part of the internetwork, a stand-alone BACnet router, or a BACnet Building Controller with built-in routing capability, must be provided for routing between the Ethernet and ARCNET or MS/TP LANs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. This clause provides specific interoperability and networking requirements that pertain to the use of BACnet. 3.2 REQUIREMENTS BY INTEROPERABILITY AREA A. This clause provides requirements pertaining to the five interoperability areas of data sharing, alarm and event management, trending, scheduling, and device and network management. B. Data Sharing: 1. Data Sharing requirements apply to the exchange of information between BACnet devices for archival storage, generating graphics and reports, the sharing of common sensor or calculated values, carrying out interlocked control strategies, and the modification of setpoints or other operational parameters. 2. All such data to be exchanged shall be represented as BACnet objects and conveyed using BACnet messages. Only standard BACnet objects and messages may be used to implement data sharing requirements unless the non-standard extensions are explicitly approved by the Owner. Any extensions to BACnet shall be fully documented in the manner used within the BACnet standard. Submission of such documentation is a prerequisite for obtaining approval of an extension. 3. Points List: The Contractor shall provide devices installed and configured with all points indicated in the BACS points list. The Contractor shall provide any additional points needed to fully implement the sequence of operations and other functionality described in this specification. 4. Data Presentation: In the event that workstation/web server capabilities have been specified, the following characteristics shall apply to graphic displays: a. The graphic displays shall include schematic diagrams of the systems being displayed. b. When a graphic display is being viewed all values displayed shall be updated when a change of value (COV) notification is received or, if COV is not implemented, within five seconds. c. Any data value from any networked device shall be available for plotting at a workstation in real time. The operator shall be able to select binary and analog data concurrently and to plot multiple instances of each data type on the same screen. The operator shall be able to select sampling intervals from 1 second to 60 seconds. For devices that implement COV reporting, the operator shall be able to select this as the means to update the plot. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 5. Monitoring of Any Property: The operator shall be able to display any value of any property of any object from any networked device including all properties required by BACnet, all supported optional properties, and any proprietary extensions. 6. Global Object Definitions: The control system shall be configured with system- wide unique BACnet objects as needed to convey all globally significant information necessary to implement the control strategy. 7. Setpoint and Parameter Modifications: Operators with appropriate authority shall be able to modify all control loop setpoints and tuning parameters via BACnet messages initiated through operator interaction with graphics displays. 8. Peer -to -Peer Data Dependencies: All BACnet devices shall be installed and configured to exchange data values directly, without the need for operator or workstation intervention, to implement the sequence of operations specified in the mechanical system drawings and to share global data values. C. Alarm and Event Management: 1. Alarm and Event management is the exchange of data between BACnet devices related to the occurrence of predefined conditions that meet specific criteria. Such conditions are called "events" and may be the basis for the initiation of a particular control action in response, or the simple logging of the event's occurrence. The event may also be deemed to represent a condition that constitutes an "alarm" requiring human acknowledgment and intervention. 2. All alarms and events shall be implemented using standard BACnet event detection and notification mechanisms. Either intrinsic reporting or algorithmic change reporting may be used, but the intrinsic reporting method is preferred. See BACnet Clause 13. 3. Alarm Lists a. The Contractor shall provide devices installed and configured to detect alarms and events for the points indicated in the system drawings. Software logic shall be provided to avoid nuisance alarms, e.g., no temperature or status alarms shall be generated when fan systems are not running, or during start-up and shut -down transitions. It shall be possible to configure a delay between the occurrence of an alarm condition and its enunciation. b. Alarms shall appear at the EMCS and any local operator workstation(s) within five seconds of their occurrence. The workstations shall display an alann message window that appears on top of any other open windows. The alarm message window shall have a distinctive color and appearance to attract the operator's attention. Operators with sufficient privilege shall be able to configure the workstation to emit an audible signal (or not) when an alarm message is received. c. Alarms that require operator acknowledgement shall cause the alarm window to remain active until such an acknowledgement is received. If multiple alarms are received, unacknowledged alarms shall be displayed on a first come first served basis grouped by priority, with the highest priority alarms displayed first. d. Alarms shall be distributed using the BACnet notification class mechanism. Assignment of classes and destinations shall be configured according to WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY details provided by the Owner. One destination shall, in all cases, be the EMCS. e. BACnet provides a mechanism for prioritizing alarm and event notification messages using a numerical range of 0-255 with 0 being the highest priority and 255 being the lowest priority. The priorities presented in the Table 1 are consistent with the safety requirements of UL 864 (applies to fire systems) and UL 1076 (applies to security systems). f. Alarm and event notification priorities shall be configured in the Priority Range as indicated in Table I (See end of section) and shall be conveyed using the indicated Network Priority. 4. Alarm Acknowledgment: Alarrns shall be acknowledged through the EMCS alarm acknowledgement process. 5. Alarm Summarization: Alain summarization shall be handled through the EMCS alarm summarization process. 6. Alarm Parameter Adjustment: Operators with sufficient privilege shall be able to change alarm parameters for all standard BACnet event types. 7. Alarm Routing Adjustment a. Operators with sufficient privilege shall be able to change alarm routing (BACnet notification classes) for each alarm including the destination for each type of alarm and alarm priority, the day of week and time of day, and the type of transition involved (TO -OFF -NORMAL, TO -NORMAL, etc.). b. Initially, notification classes shall be configured in a manner that distinguishes between the EMCS and any local workstation, if provided. D. Scheduling: 1. Scheduling is the exchange of data between BACnet devices related to the establishment and maintenance of dates and time at which specified output actions are to be taken. All schedules shall be implemented using BACnet objects and messages. 2. Schedule Lists a. The Contractor shall provide devices installed and configured with start/stop, mode change, and night setback schedules as defined in the sequence of operations. As part of the installation process, the Contractor shall configure vacation, holiday, and any special event schedules as provided by the Owner. b. The system shall have the ability to program alterations to programmed operating schedules based on the priority of events and shall include the following scenario: c. Based on operator privileges, the operator shall have the ability to temporarily override the programmed schedule of equipment. Operational override of a programmed schedule shall be for a specific duration following which the schedule shall revert back to the preprogrammed schedule. 3. Display of Start and Stop Times and Actions: An operator shall be able to inspect the content of any schedule and determine the specific control actions that will occur at any time, on any date. For any particular device or system WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 8 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY parameter that is the subject of a schedule, an operator shall be able to determine the schedule of actions related to that particular device or parameter. 4. Modification of Schedules: All calendar entries and schedules shall be modifiable from the EMCS or local workstation by an operator with sufficient privilege. E. Trending: 1. Trending is the accumulation of (time, value) data pairs at specified rates for a specified duration. Trends are distinguished from real-time plotting of data by the fact that the data are destined for long-term storage. 2. Archival Storage of Data: Archival storage of data will be handled by the EMCS. However, the Owner may specify local trend archiving and display through the use of BACnet Trend Log objects. 3. Modification of Trend Log Parameters: An operator with sufficient privilege shall be able to change the data points to be logged, the sampling rate, and the duration of a trend log. F. Device and Network Management Device and network management is the exchange of data between BACnet devices concerning the operation and status of specific devices. If local workstation capabilities are provided, the following functions shall be available: a. Display of Device Status Information: Operators shall be able to display at any time the operational status of any device on the network. b. Display of BACnet Object Information: Operators shall be able to display at any time any property of any BACnet object. Operators shall be able to display property values of objects grouped by object type, object location, and building system. c. Silencing Devices that are Transmitting Erroneous Data: Operators shall be able to direct a field device to stop transmitting event, alarm, or COV notifications until a subsequent command to resume transmissions is received. d. Time Synchronization: Operators shall be able to set the time and date in any device on the network that supports tune -of -day functionality. The operator shall be able to select to set the time and date for an individual device or all devices on a single local network. e. Remote Device Reinitialization: Operators shall have the ability to issue reinitialization commands to any device that supports remote reinitialization. f. Backup and Restore: Operators shall have the ability to backup and restore all BACnet devices on the network that support this capability. Configuration Management of Half -Routers, Routers and BBMDs: Operators shall have the ability to display and modify the routing table entries in all supplied BACnet half -routers and routers and the broadcast distribution and foreign device registration tables in all BBMDs. g. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 9 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 3.3 USE OF BACNET OBJECTS A. This clause provides requirements that are specific to the representation of data and functionality using BACnet objects. B. Naming Conventions: The following sections list the requirements for the assignment of names and identifiers for BACnet objects. 1. Device Naives a. The EMCS uses a system for naming its control devices based on facility name, location within a facility, the system or systems that the device monitors and/or controls, or the area served. Naives can be up to 254 characters in length, without embedded spaces. Only the characters A -Z, 0- 9, ".", and "-" may be used. The goal is the shortest descriptive, but unambiguous, name. For example, if there is only one heating water pump "P1", a valid name would be "TEGLE.HW.PI.CONTROL". b. If there are two pumps designated "P 1", one in the basement mechanical room and one in the penthouse mechanical room, the names could be "TEAGLE.BSMT.HW.P 1.CONTROL" or "TEAGLE.PENT.HW.P 1 CONTROL". In the event of unitary controllers, for example a VAV box controller, a name might be "TEAGLE.122.TV-LOUNGE". These names should be used for the value of the "Object_Name" property of the BACnet Device objects of the controllers involved so that the BACnet name and the EMCS name are the same. 2. Device Instance Numbers a. BACnet allows 4194305 device instances per BACnet internetwork, each of which must be unique. Cornell's unique device instances are formed as follows: Device Instance = "FFFFNDD" where: i. FFFF is the Facility Code (see below) ii. N is 0-9; this allows up to 10 networks per facility or building iii. DD is 00-99; this allows up to 100 devices per network b. Facility Code assignments are currently: 0000-0999 Open 1000-1999 Statutory Facilities 2000-2999 Endowed Facilities 3000-3999 Housing and Dining Facilities 4000-4999 Off -Campus Facilities 5000-5999 Utilities c. Soine facilities have a facility code with an alphabetic suffix to denote wings, related structures, etc. The suffix will be ignored. Network numbers for facility codes above 4193 will be assigned in the range 0000-0999. d. The Contractor shall contact the Computer Section for assignment, or confirmation, of the Facility Code to be used prior to beginning device configuration. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 10 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY 3. Non -Device Object Names: Objects other than Device objects shall be named in a manner analogous to Device objects. The names shall consist of a facility.[sub- facility.] system.[sub-system.]point designation. 4. Non -Device Object Instance Numbers: The instance numbers for objects other than Device objects may be assigned at the Contractor's discretion subject only to the constraint that they be unique for a given object type within a given device. C. Commissioning/Diagnostic Mode: In order to support commissioning and troubleshooting functions, the Out_OfService property of all Analog, Binary, Multi- state, Loop, and Program objects shall be writable using BACnet services. D. Using Object Descriptions 1. Each Device object and every object in BACnet Building Controllers (B -BC) shall be configured with a Description property. The descriptions used shall be submitted to the Owner for approval. 2. For all object types in all devices that support Description properties, the available string length and whether or not the Description is writable using BACnet services shall be specified in the device's PICS. E. Issues Relating to Specific BACnet Object Types 1. This clause provides requirements that pertain to the use of specific BACnet object types. 2. Analog Input, Output, and Value: All Analog_Input, Analog_Output, and Analog_Value objects shall have the capability of using the change of value (COV) reporting mechanism and the COV_Increment property shall be writable using BACnet services. 3. Binary Input: The Inactive_Text and Active_Text properties of Binary Input objects shall be configured with text string values as indicated on the points list. Binary Input objects shall support COV reporting. 4. Binary Output: The Inactive Text and Active_Text properties of Binary Output objects shall be configured with text string values as indicated on the points list. All Binary Output objects associated with motor on/off status shall track changes of state and runtime. Binary Output objects shall support COV reporting. 5. Binary Value: The Inactive Text and Active_Text properties of Binary Value objects shall be configured with text string values as indicated on the points list. Binary Value objects shall support COV reporting. 6. Calendar: a. Devices providing scheduling capability shall also provide at least one Calendar object with a capacity of at least ten entries. Operators shall be able to view the calendar object and make modifications from any BACnet workstation on the network. b. If the Calendar's Date_List property is writable using BACnet services, all calendar entry datatypes shall be supported. 7. Loop: All control loops using any combination of proportional, integral, and/or derivative control shall be represented by BACnet Loop objects. Operators with sufficient authority shall be able to adjust at least the Update_ Interval, Setpoint, WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 11 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY Proportional_Constant, Integral_Constant, and Derivative_ Constant using BACnet services. Loop objects shall support COV reporting. 8. Multi -state Input, Output, and Value: The text to be used for the Multi -state object types shall be determined from the points list. Feedback_Value shall be determined by sensing the actual condition or anode of the device. All Multi -state objects shall support COV reporting. 8. Schedule: All building systems with date and time scheduling requirements shall have schedules represented by BACnet Schedule objects. All operators shall be able to view the entries for a schedule. Operators with sufficient privilege shall be able to modify schedule entries from any BACnet workstation. Required schedules are shown on the drawings as part of the occupied and unoccupied modes. F. Dynamic Object Creation: BACnet Building Controllers shall be configured to allow the dynamic creation of Trend Log, Calendar, and Schedule objects by means of the BACnet CreateObject service. This shall be possible from any supplied BACnet workstation by operators with appropriate authority. 3.4 USE OF BACNET SERVICES A. This clause provides requirements that are specific to the use of BACnet communication services. B. Interoperable Commands: All dampers, valves, fans, or other mechanical equipment that may need to be controlled by more than one application shall be represented as commandable BACnet objects. The application programs interacting with this equipment shall be configured to use the command priorities listed in Table 2 (See end of this section). If implementing the sequence of operations or other required functionality requires using a command priority not listed in Table 2, the priority assignment must be approved by the Owner. C. Alarming: This clause provides requirements that are specific to the use of BACnet for alarm processing. 1. Alarm Priorities: All alarm and event notification priorities shall be configured as indicated in 3.02.B.1. 2. Notification Classes: a. The EMCS shall be designated as a recipient for all alarm notifications. b. The Priority, Ack_Required, and Recipient_List properties of Notification Class objects shall be writable over the network using BACnet services. 3. Event Notification Message Texts: Alarm and event processing shall be configured to convey descriptive text messages along with the notification. D. Operator Authority Levels: 1. Administrator - All privileges 2. Control Shop - All programming and configuration 3. Building Coordinator - Read only WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 12 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 230901 Ithaca, New York BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY E. Change of Value Processing: 1. All local workstations shall be able to display property values based on the receipt of confirmed and unconfirmed Change of Value notifications. Operators shall have the ability from any workstation to subscribe to COV notifications for all objects that support COV subscriptions. 2. After initialization, all graphic display screens shall update the displayed values using COV notifications if COV notification capabilities are available from the data source. 3. The COV increment shall be adjustable by an operator using BACnet services. 3.5 LOCAL AREA NETWORKS A. This clause provides requirements that are specific to the integration of multiple BACnet networks, possibly on different LAN types, into a single BACnet "internetwork." 13. Network Numbering: 1. Cornell BACnet network numbers are based on a "facility code, network" concept. The "facility code" is the Cornell -assigned numeric value assigned to a specific facility or building. The "network" typically corresponds to a "floor" or other logical configuration within the building. BACnet allows 65535 network numbers per BACnet internetwork. 2. Cornell's network numbers are thus formed as follows: Network Number = "FFFFN" where a. FFFF is the Facility Code b. N is 0-9; this allows up to 10 networks per facility or building 3. N = 0 will generally be assigned to a facility's BACnet Ethernet LAN. The additional N -numbers will be assigned to any ARCNET or MS/TP networks as required. 4. The Contractor shall contact the Computer Section for assignment, or confirmation, of the Network Number(s) to be used prior to beginning device configuration. C. IP Address Assignments: 1. Cornell maintains specially configured VLANs for the purpose of securely transporting BACS communication traffic. Address assignments are coordinated by the Computer Section. 2. The Contractor shall contact the Computer Section for assignment of IP addresses (and possibly non-standard UDP ports) prior to beginning device configuration. 3.6 BACNET ROUTERS A. This clause provides requirements that are specific to the use of BACnet routers. B. Error Message Destination: The Contractor shall configure each BACnet router to transmit network layer (routing) error messages to the EMCS. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 13 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 230901 BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY Table 1. Cornell Alarm and Event Priorities Message Group Priority Range Network Priority Brief Description Life Safety 00 - 31 Life Safety Message Notifications related to an immediate threat to life, safety or health such as fire detection or armed robbery. Property Safety 32 - 63 Life Safety Message Notifications related as an immediate threat to property such as forced entry. Supervisory 64 - 95 Critical Equipment Message Notifications related to improper operation, monitoring failure (particularly of Life Safety or Property Safety monitoring), or monetary loss. Trouble 96 - 127 Critical Equipment Message Notifications related to communication failure (particularly of Life Safety or Property Safety equipment). Miscellaneous Higher Priority Alann and Events 128 - 191 Urgent Message Higher-level notifications related to occupant discomfort, normal operation, normal monitoring, or return to normal. Miscellaneous Lower Priority Alarm and Events 192 - 255 Normal Message Lower -level notification related to occupant discomfort, normal operation, normal monitoring, or return to nonnal. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION 230901 - 14 February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 230901 BACS COMMUNICATIONS AND INTEROPERABILITY Table 2. Cornell Command Priorities Priority Level Application Priority Level Application 1 Manual -Life Safety 9 Available 2 Automatic -Life Safety 10 Available 3 Available 11 Load Shedding 4 Available 12 Available 5 Critical Equipment Control 13 Available 6 Minimum On/Off 14 Available 7 Available 15 Available 8 Manual Operator 16 Available END OF SECTION 230901 WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 230901 - 15 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Sealants and gaskets. 5. Hangers and supports. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 2. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound -control devices, duct - mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, components, and attachments to other work. 2. Factory- and shop -fabricated ducts and fittings. 3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static -pressure classes. 4. Elevation of top and bottom of ducts. 5. Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines. 6. Fittings. 7. Reinforcement and spacing. 8. Seam and joint construction. 9. Penetrations through fire -rated and other partitions. 10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. 11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS C. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct layout. 2. Suspended ceiling components. 3. Structural members to which duct will be attached. 4. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 5. Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire -rated construction. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. c. Speakers. d. Sprinklers. e. Piping and major electrical conduits. f. Access panels. g. Perimeter moldings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start -Up." B. ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for static - pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct - support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.2 ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static -pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following a. Lindab Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. SEMCO Incorporated. d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. e. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 34, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static -pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct -support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS C. Stainless -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304 or 316, as indicated in the "Duct Schedule" Article; cold rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No. 2B. D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8 -inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface -burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B. Water -Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7. Maximum Static -Pressure Class: 10 -inch wg, positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. C. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. General: Single -component, acid -curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. 5. Use: O. 6. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. E. Round Duct Joint 0 -Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfin/100 sq. ft. at 1 -inch wg and shall be rated for 10 -inch wg static -pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM 0 -ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double -lipped, EPDM 0 -ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory -fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium -plated steel rods and nuts. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS B. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all -thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc -chromate pruner after installation. C. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." D. Steel Cables for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. E. Steel Cables for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. F. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium -plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic -locking and clamping device. G. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self -tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. H. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized -Steel Ducts: Galvanized -steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless -Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and an-angernents were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air -handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E. Install factory- or shop -fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS Where ducts pass through non -fire -rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. J. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. Comply with SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." 3.2 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LABORATORY EXHAUST DUCT A. System shall have no audible or detectable leakage at system and fan operating pressure throughout occupied spaces. All joints shall be sealed air and water tight. B. Take -offs from mains shall be 45° laterals or conical tees. Straight tees shall NOT be used. C. Provide a solid duct connection to fume hoods. D. Round ductwork for hood exhaust must be rolled construction - spiral duct is not acceptable under any circumstances. Seams, joints and penetrations shall be welded. E. Slope horizontal runs to inlet or hood at a minimum of 1/4" (one quarter inch) in 10 linear feet. F. Do not use penetrating screws or rivets for hanging. Support duct from welded clips, flanges or trapeze type hangers. Ductwork shall be properly and rigidly supported. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static -pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.6 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static -pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3 -micron -size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air -handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply -air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum -collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous -glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous -glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash -down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA -registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.7 DUCT LEAK TESTING A. Leak testing of ductwork and laboratory exhaust systems shall be in accordance with SMACNA Manual "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual". Give adequate notice so that Architect, Engineer and Owner inay witness tests. B. Air leakage at test pressure shall be measured by calibrated orifice -type flow meter. Flow meter shall have been individually calibrated against a primary standard; calibrated curve shall be permanently attached to orifice tube assembly. C. Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. D. Determine leakage from entire system or section of system by relating leakage to surface area of test section. E. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems as required to accommodate leakage testing and as required for compliance with test requirements. F. Leakage concentrated at one point may result in objectionable noise, even if system passes leakage rate criteria. Correct leakage noise problems to Engineer's satisfaction. G. Remake leaking joints and retest until leakage is less than maximum allowable. H. As a minimum, all ducts designed to operate at static pressures in excess of 3 inches w.g. shall be leak -tested to leakage classification 6.0 as tested in accordance with SMACNA Manual "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual". (Energy Conservation Construction Code of New York State requirement!!). WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 8 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS An "Air Duct Leakage Test Summary" shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to final project acceptance. This report shall indicate the project name, air system, fan airflow, specified leakage class, specified test pressure, duct construction pressure class, duct surface area, allowable leakage (in cfn/100 sq. ft. of duct surface area), orifice and tube diameters, pressure across orifice and duct, and the actual airflow for each section of duct required to be tested. 3.8 START UP A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 3.9 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Supply Ducts: 1. Supply Air VAV/Air Valve — Discharge Terminal: a. Material: G90 Galvanized. b. Pressure Class: Positive 2 -inch wg c. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: C. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 24. e. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12. 2. Supply Air General: a. Material: G90 Galvanized. b. Pressure Class: Positive 4 -inch wg and Above c. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 6. e. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3. B. Exhaust Ducts: 1. Exhaust Air General: a. Material: G90 Galvanized. b. Pressure Class: Negative 4 -inch wg and Above c. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 6. e. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3. 2. Laboratory Exhaust Air — Fume Hood Connection to Main: a. Material: 316 Stainless Steel. b. Pressure Class: Negative 4 -inch wg c. Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A. d. SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 6. e. SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 3. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 9 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS C. Elbow Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius -to -diameter ratio. 2) Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius -to -diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1) Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius -to -diameter ratio. 2) Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio and two vanes. 3) Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 2. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius -to -diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio and two vanes. c. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." 3. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Minimum Radius -to -Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3- 1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90 -degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1) Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 0.5 radius -to -diameter ratio and three segments for 90 -degree elbow. 2) Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1.0 radius -to -diameter ratio and four segments for 90 -degree elbow. 3) Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1.5 radius -to -diameter ratio and five segments for 90 -degree elbow. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 10 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 233113 Ithaca, New York METAL DUCTS 4) Radius -to Diameter Ratio: 1.5. b. Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated. c. Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: [Standing seam. D. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-6, "Branch Connections." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45 -degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in. 2. Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct. a. Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 90 -degree tap. b. Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: Conical tap. c. Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45 -degree lateral. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233113 - 11 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 233300 Ithaca, New York AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Flange connectors. 3. Duct accessory hardware. 4. Grilles 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static -pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. B. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. 2. Exposed -Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. C. Stainless -Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 480/A 480M, Type 304, and having a No. 2B finish. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233300 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 233300 Ithaca, New York AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized -steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 -inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8 -inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. F. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5, T-52, or T6. G. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003 or 5005 with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish. H. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. 1. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless-steel fasteners. 2. For color -finished louvers, use fasteners with heads that match color of louvers. I. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.2 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. B. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds, threaded fasteners, or both, as standard with louver manufacturer unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary. 2.3 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Greenheck Fan Corporation. b. Nailor Industries Inc c. Ruskin Company 2. Standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream. 3. Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4. Frames: a. Hat -shaped, galvanized -steel channels, 16 ga. minimum thickness. b. Mitered and welded corners. c. Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5. Blades: a. Multiple or single blade. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233300 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 233300 Ithaca, New York AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES b. Parallel- or opposed -blade design. c. Stiffen damper blades for stability. d. Galvanized -steel, 16 ga. thick. 6. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7. Bearings: a. Molded synthetic. b. Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3 -inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. B. Jackshaft: 1. Size: 1 -inch diameter. 2. Material: Galvanized -steel pipe rotating within pipe -bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple -damper assemblies. 3. Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each damper in multiple -damper assembly. C. Damper Hardware: 1. Zinc -plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32 -inch- thick zinc -plated steel, and a 3/4 -inch hexagon locking nut. 2. Include center hole to suit damper operating -rod size. 3. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. 2.4 FLANGE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Nexus PDQ; Division of Shilco Holdings Inc. 3. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Description: Factory -fabricated, slide -on transverse flange connectors, gaskets, and components. C. Material: Galvanized steel. D. Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork. 2.5 DUCT -MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233300 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 233300 Ithaca, New York AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3. McGill AirFlow LLC. 4. Nailor Industries Inc. 5. Ventfabrics, Inc. 6. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Duct -Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-10, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 2-11, "Access Panels - Round Duct." 1. Door: a. Double wall, rectangular. b. Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. c. Vision panel. d. Hinges and Latches: 1 -by -1 -inch butt or piano hinge and caro latches. e. Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 2. Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend -over tabs and foam gaskets. 3. Number of Hinges and Locks: a. Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash locks. b. Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. c. Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression latches. d. Access Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches: Four hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 2.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Refer to fume hood installation detail 2 on drawing M-401 for flexible fume hood connection. 2.7 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct -insulation thickness. B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. 2.8 GRILLES A. Supply Grilles: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawing M-501 Price; or comparable product by one of the following: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233300 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 233300 Ithaca, New York AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES a. Krueger. b. Titus. c. Tuttle & Bailey. 2. Material: Aluminum. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, white. 4. Face Blade An-angement: Horizontal spaced 3/4 inch apart. 5. Core Construction: Integral. 6. Frame: 1 inch wide. 7. Mounting: Refer to M-501 Grille Schedule. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH 116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous -glass ducts. B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized -steel accessories in galvanized -steel and fibrous -glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C. Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. D. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. F. Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: 1. On both sides of duct coils. 2. Downstream from manual volume dampers and equipment. 3. At each change in direction and at maximum 50 -foot spacing. 4. Control devices requiring inspection. 5. Elsewhere as indicated. G. Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233300 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 233300 Ithaca, New York AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES H. Access Door Sizes: 1. One -Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2. Two -Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3. Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4. Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5. Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. 6. Body plus Ladder Access: 25 by 17 inches. I. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door. J. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. K. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. L. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4 -inch movement during start and stop of fans. M. Install grilles level and plumb. N. Ceiling -Mounted Outlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay -in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. O. Install grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers. P. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. R. Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the factory and refinish entire unit or provide new units. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233300 - 6 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 233300 Ithaca, New York AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3. Operate fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat -response device is installed. 4. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. ***END OF SECTION*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 233300 - 7 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 238216 Ithaca, New York AIR COILS SECTION 238216 - AIR COILS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes hot-water air coils that are not an integral part of air -handling units. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each air coil. Include rated capacity and pressure drop for each air coil. B. Field quality -control test reports. C. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Comply with ASHRAE 15 for refrigeration system safety. 2. Comply with ASHRAE 33 for methods of testing cooling and heating coils. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER COILS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Aerofin Corporation. 2. Carrier Corporation. 3. Greenheck. D. Performance Ratings: Tested and rated according to ARI 410 and ASHRAE 33. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 238216 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL SECTION 238216 Ithaca, New York AIR COILS E. Minimum Working-Pressure/Temperature Ratings: 200 psig, 325 deg F. F. Source Quality Control: Factory tested to 300 psig. G. Tubes: copper, minimum 0.035 inch thick. H. Fins: Aluminum, minimum 0.0075 inch thick. I. Headers: Seamless copper tube with brazed joints, prime coated. J. Frames: Galvanized -steel channel frame, minimum 0.0625 inch thick for flanged mounting. K. Hot -Water Coil Capacities and Characteristics: Refer to drawing M-501 reheat coil schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install coils level and plumb. B. Install coils in metal ducts and casings constructed according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible." C. Straighten bent fins on air coils. D. Clean coils using materials and methods recommended in writing by manufacturers, and clean inside of casings and enclosures to remove dust and debris. E. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. F. Install piping adjacent to coils to allow service and maintenance. G. Connect water piping with unions and shutoff valves to allow coils to be disconnected without draining piping. Control valves are specified in Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC" and other piping specialties are specified in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate electric coils to confirm proper unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. ***END OF SECTION 238216*** WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 238216 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 3. Sleeves for cables. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 XHHW. C. Multi -conductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 ground wire. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES for Types THW, THHN-THWN, or for metal -clad cable, Type MC with A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. B. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 260519 — 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES 2.3 SLEEVES FOR CABLES A. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Branch Circuits: Copper. Stranded for No. 14 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 12 AWG and larger, unless otherwise noted. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway, Metal -clad cable. B. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. C. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Sections "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." F. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 260519 — 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES H. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. I. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 12 inches of slack. 3.4 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core -drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. C. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. D. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces. E. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. F. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4 -inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed. G. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. H. Interior Penetrations of Non -Fire -Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." I. Fire -Rated -Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." J. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 260519 — 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260519 Ithaca, New York LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS & CABLES 1. Test procedures used. 2. Test results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL 260519 — 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality -control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1- 5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure-type, with at least two bolts. 1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260526 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install stranded conductor for 10 gauge AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 8 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Flexible raceway runs. 6. Armored and metal -clad cable runs. B. Air -Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct - mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. B. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect -type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. C. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260526 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260526 Ithaca, New York GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting a lug -type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. D. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perforin the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: 1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260526 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents. C. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. D. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For steel slotted support systems. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components. 3. Equipment supports. C. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Comply with NFPA 70. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260529 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. B. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g• Allied Tube & Conduit. Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. ERICO International Corporation. GS Metals Corp. Thomas & Betts Corporation. Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. Wesanco, Inc. 2. Metallic Coatings: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4. 4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA- 4. 5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. C. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory -fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non -armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. E. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes and bars; black and galvanized. F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: Threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Hilti Inc. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION 260529 - 2 February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2) ITW Rainset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC. 4) Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit. 2. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type, [zinc -coated] [stainless] steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cooper B -Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc. 3) Hilti Inc. 4) ITW Rainset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC. 3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable -iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP -58. 4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP -58, type suitable for attached structural element. 5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325 6. Toggle Bolts: All -steel springhead type. 7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. C. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze -type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single -bolt conduit clamps using spring friction action for retention in support channel. D. Spring -steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2 -inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260529 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3.2 SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface -Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2. To Masonry: Approved toggle -type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 3. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 4. Instead of expansion anchors, powder -actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard -weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight -aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP -69. 6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted -channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic -restraint strength and anchorage requirements. E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 Painting Sections for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260529 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260529 Ithaca, New York HANGERS & SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260529 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged -cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. EMT: ANSI C80.3. B. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Fittings for EMT: set -screw or compression type. 2.2 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Dual -channel, painted steel with snap -on covers. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect/Engineer. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. 2.3 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260533 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260533 Ithaca, New York RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. B. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 -inch trade size. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 -inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." E. Arrange stub -ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90 -degree bends in any conduit run except for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. C. D. specified in Part 2 or hot-water pipes. H. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-1b tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire and tie off securely. I. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for luminaire equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 3.3 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire -rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire -resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260533 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Identification for raceways. 2. Identification of power and control cables. 3. Identification for conductors. 4. Miscellaneous identification products. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated. B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with ANSI A13.1. B. Comply with NFPA 70. C. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145. D. Adhesive -attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D. Snap -Around Labels for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260553 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600V or Less: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.2 ARMORED AND METAL -CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSIA13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V and Less: 1. Black letters on an orange field. 2. Legend: Indicate voltage. C. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use. 2.3 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. D. Snap -Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color -coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E. Snap -Around, Color -Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid -colored acrylic sleeve, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260553 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2.4 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical -resistant coating and snatching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. C. Write -On Tags: Polyester tag, 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment to conductor or cable. 1. Marker for Tags: Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Select paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). B. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. B. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. C. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. D. System Identification Color -Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color -coding band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 -foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 -foot maximum intervals in congested areas. E. Painted Identification: Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 600V or less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits more than 50 A, and 120V to ground: Install labels at 30 -foot maximum intervals. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260553 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Accessible Metal -Clad Cables 600V or less, install labels at 30 -foot maximum intervals. C. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows: 1. Emergency Power. 2. Power. 3. Fire Alann. D. Power -Circuit Conductor Identification, 600V or less: Use color -coding conductor tape to identify the phase. 1. Color -Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600V or less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded branch -circuit conductors. a. Color shall be factory applied. b. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. E. Install instructional sign including the color -code for grounded and ungrounded conductors using adhesive -film -type labels. F. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach marker tape to conductors and list source. G. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. 1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory -installed connections. 3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 4. Labeling Instructions: a. Indoor Equipment: Screw mounted, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide five lines of text: 1) First line: 1/2 -inch letters on the first line stating equipment naive. 2) Second line (if applicable): 3/8 -inch letters stating the existing equipment name in Parentheses (). 3) Third line: 3/8 -inch letters stating voltage/phase. 4) Fourth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating the breaker number, panel naive and room number/name (Owner's room number) from which the equipment is fed. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260553 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 260553 Ithaca, New York IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 5) Fifth line: 3/8 -inch letters stating function and/or equipment which it controls. 5. Receptacle Labeling: Label shall be using Dymo Posiprinter, black lettering on clear tape stating panel and breaker number from which it is fed. 6. Equipment to be Labeled: a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c. Fire -alarm control panel, annunciators, devices. d. Receptacles. END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 260553 - 5 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates. 2. Snap switches. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description of materials and process used for premarking wall plates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell). 2. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton). 3. Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices & Accessories (Pass & Seymour). 2.2 STRAIGHT BLADE RECEPTACLES A. Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 configuration 5-20R, UL 498, and color: white. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Hubbell; HBL5361 (single), CR5352 (duplex). b. Leviton; 5891 (single), 5352 (duplex). c. Pass & Seymour; 5381 (single), 5352 (duplex). WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 262726 - 1 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES 2.3 GFCI RECEPTACLES A. General Description: Straight blade, feed -through type. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when device is tripped. B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A, color: white: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Hubbell, GF5352. b. Pass & Seymour; 2084. c. Leviton 7599. 2.4 SNAP SWITCHES A. Comply with NEMA WD 1 and UL 20. B. Switches, 120/277 V, 20A, color: white: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Hubbell; HBL1221 (single pole), HBL1222 (two pole), HBL1223 (three way), HBL1224 (four way). b. Leviton; 1221-2 (single pole), 1222-2 (two pole), 1223-2 (three way), 1224-2 (four way). c. Pass & Seymour; 20AC 1 (single pole), 20AC2 (two pole), 20AC3 (three way), 20AC4 (four way). 2.5 WALL PLATES A. Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1. Plate -Securing Screws: Metal with head color to snatch plate finish. 2. Material for Finished Spaces: Steel with white baked enamel, suitable for field painting. 2.6 FINISHES A. Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color. 1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: white. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1, or as indicated on the drawings. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 262726 - 2 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES B. Coordination with Other Trades: 1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of the boxes. 2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables. 3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall. 4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. C. Conductors: 1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on devices. 2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire. 3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails. 4. Existing Conductors: a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors. b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. c. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough. D. Device Installation: 1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complete. 2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors. 3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment. 4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length. 5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding -head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw. 6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the manufacturer. 7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 15- or 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections. 8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device. 9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal -to -metal contact. E. Receptacle Orientation: 1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right. WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 262726 - 3 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 262726 Ithaca, New York WIRING DEVICES F. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra -deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. G. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436. 2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated LED indicators of measurement. B. Tests for Convenience Receptacles: 1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V. 2. Percent Voltage Drop under 15-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is not acceptable. 3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943. 5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted. 6. The tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION WEILL HALL ROOM 308 BIOMEDICAL BIOMEDICAL 262726 - 4 ENGINEERING LAB RENOVATION February 18, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY WEILL HALL ROOM 308 FACILITIES CONTRACTS BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 121 HUMPHREYS SERVICE BUILDING LAB RENOVATION ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853-3701 ADDENDUM NO. 1 March 25, 2016 This Addendum contains changes to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Specifications. Such changes are to be incorporated into the Construction Documents and shall apply to the work with the same meaning and force as if they had been included in the original document. Wherever this Addendum modifies a portion of a paragraph of the specifications or a portion of any Drawing, the remainder of the Paragraph or Drawing shall remain in force. NOTE: Provisions of all Contract Documents apply. Item 1. Short Form Contract, Special Conditions, Item 2 ADD Staging for materials is available in the building within the basement level mechanical room. Contractor shall coordinate with owner for acceptable staging areas. Item 2. Short Form Contract, Special Conditions, Item 10 ADD Contractor to furnish a small dumpster for removals. Dumpster to be located at the south entrance to the Biotechnology Building Facility Code 1018 which is connected to Weill Hall. Contractor is responsible for coordinating traffic from the Weill Hall Lab Renovation space to this entrance for material removals and deliveries. Item 3. Drawing A-000, Door Schedule, Notes DELETE in its entirety. REPLACE with Door and hardware shall be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor. Door frame shall be provided by the Contractor. Item 4. Drawing A-103, Keyed Demolition Notes, Note 5 DELETE in its entirety. REPLACE with Casework cabinetry with sink unit refer to A-103_SK-01, attached. Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering Lab Renovation Addendum No. 1 March 25, 2016 Page 2 Item 5. Drawing A-103, Keyed Demolition Notes, Note 9 DELETE in its entirety. REPLACE with Door and hardware shall be furnished by the Owner and installed by the Contractor. Door frame shall be provided by the Contractor. Item 6. Drawing A-303, A-303 Keyed RCP Construction Notes ADD 2. Tag the ceiling in the area where the fume hood is to be installed. Note shall be the following: “CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY EXISTING CEILING AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR FUME HOOD ADA ADJUSTMENT. PROVIDE FIELD CONSTRUCTED SHROUD AROUND CEILING OPENING WHERE FUME HOOD IS TO BE INSTALLED. SHROUD TO EXTEND LOW ENOUGH BELOW CEILING TO CONCEAL OPENING WHEN FOOD HOOD IS AT ITS LOWEST (ADA) POSTION. Item 7. Drawing M-103, Keyed Construction Notes, Note 4 DELETE M-103 in its entirety. REPLACE with Fume hood furnished by Owner and installed by Contractor. Connect 10” exhaust air duct to fume hood. Refer to 2/M-401 for fume hood installation details. Route exhaust air duct above ceiling to fume hood air valve FAV-308. Item 8. Drawing M-103, General Mechanical Notes ADD 3.0 Contractor to coordinate with Owner for access to rooms 304, 309d, 310, and 310B as required to access ductwork and piping associated with the renovations work. These labs will remain active during construction. Item 9. Drawing M-501, Laboratory Air Valve Schedule DELETE Note 2 in its entirety. REPLACE with Housing, SAV-308 & EAV-308: aluminum, insulated, no coating, with factory drawband connections. Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering Lab Renovation Addendum No. 1 March 25, 2016 Page 3 Item 10. Drawing M-501, Laboratory Air Valve Schedule DELETE Note 3 in its entirety. REPLACE with Housing, FAV-308: aluminum with baked phenolic coating or stainless steel, non-insulated with factory drawband connections. Item 11. Drawing M-501, Laboratory Air Valve Schedule, FAV-308 MIN ΔPt. DELETE 0.3. REPLACE with 0.6. Item 12. Drawing M-501, Laboratory Air Valve Schedule, FAV-308 Attenuator (Neutralizer) DELETE YES REPLACE with NO Attachments: A-103_SK-01 ****END OF ADDENDUM**** CBCBCB CBCB CBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCBCB 19 192020202121 21212020202019 191919202020 2121212120 202020191919192020202121212120202020191920202021212121202019192020202121212121212121212121212121CBCBCBM.H.SPSPSSBLDNUPDNUPUPDNDNUPCORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALLAFFIX TO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL:Cornell UniversityIthaca, New YorkPROJECT SCOPEHumphreys Service Building; Ithaca, N.Y.Architectural & Structural, Civil &Environmental, Mechanical and ElectricalEngineeringFacilities EngineeringARCHIVE BAR CODE ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/16 -8369425Weill HallT-001TITLE SHEETFE DESIGNtf1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationWeill Hall Room 308 BiomedicalEngineering Lab RenovationRenovate Room 308 to provide a new laboratory space for BiomedicalEngineering lab users on the third floor of Weill Hall. Modify existing mechanical,plumbing, fire protection and electrical systems within the space to meet theneeds of the lab. Architectural renovations required to address access to thespace along with general conditions to support system upgrades.AREA OF WORKSITE PLAN - WEILL HALLNAREA OF WORKWEILL HALLTOWER ROADCAMPUS ROADGARDEN AVELYNAH RINKSEELEYMUDDNEWMANARENAWEILL HALL - THIRD FLOORNT-001TITLE SHEETG-100THIRD FLOOR - CODE COMPLIANCE PLANA-000SCOPE OF WORK, PATTERNS, SYMBOLS, SCHEDULES AND DETAILSA-103THIRD FLOOR RENOVATION, DEMOLITION PLANS AND INT. ELEVATIONSA-303THIRD FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANM-000SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL NOTES AND SYMBOLOGYM-103PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR MECHANICAL PLANSP-102PARTIAL SECOND FLOOR PLUMBING PLANP-103PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR PLUMBING PLANSM-401GENERAL MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULESM-402BUILDING AUTOMATION AND CONTROL SYSTEM DETAILM-501SCHEDULESE-000SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLOGY, AND ABBREVIATIONSE-103ELECTRICAL PLANSDRAWING LISTELECTRICALARCHITECTURALMECHANICAL DNUPDNUPUPDNDNUPDFINDICATES HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITYINDICATES ADA COMPLIANT DRINKING FOUNTAIN LOCATIONINDICATES FIRE EXTINGUISHERSINDICATES FIRE BLANKET CABINETINDICATES CHEMICAL/FLAMMABLE STORAGE CABINETINDICATES AREA OF REFUGEIMAGINARY LINE- FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCEINDICATES DIFBRILLATOR CABINETFXFBSARDINDICATES FIRE SHUTTERFSINDICATES SMOKE GUARDSGINDICATES RATED INTERIOR WINDOWFWINDICATES TRAVEL DISTANCETDINDICATES EXIT WIDTHEWINDICATES EXIT UNITEUROOM OCCUPANT LOADROLSTAIR EXIT WIDTHSEWINDICATES 1 HR FIRE PARTITIONINDICATES 1 HR FIRE BARRIERINDICATES 2 HR FIRE BARRIERINDICATES 2 HR FIRE WALLCODE KEYINGINDICATES AREA OF ALTERATION LEVEL 2 AS PERCHAPTER EB6 OF THE BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORKSTATEPATH OF TRAVELINDICATES THIRD FLOOR NORTH CHEMICALCONTROL AREACORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/168369425Weill HallG-100THIRD FLOOR -CODECOMPLIANCE PLANR. HERKOrlh1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationSCALE: 1" = 20'-0"G-1001THIRD FLOOR PLAN - CODE COMPLIANCE PLANN1 HR FIREBARRIER2 HR FIRE BARRIER - TYPICALTOTAL TRAVELDISTANCE: 73 FTTOTAL TRAVEL DISTANCE:121 FTAREA OF WORKBUILDING CODE SUMMARY1. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION:GROUP "B" BUSINESS2. CONSTRUCTION TYPE:1B3. CLASSIFICATION OF WORK:ALTERATION - LEVEL 24. GSF AREA OF ALTERATION:352 GSF5. BUILDING SPRINKLERS:YESSCALE: 1"=20'01020 40 99F1E3XXXXXXXXXO422C7SYMBOLSABBREVIATIONSARCHITECTURAL PATTERNSNINTERIOR ELEVATIONNORTH ARROWSECTIONKEYNOTE - NEW WORKKEYNOTE - DEMOLITIONTAG - CASEWORKTAG - FURNISHINGTAG - DOORROOM NAMEROOM #M-60WALL TYPE ANDFIRE RATING011999ROOM DATAITEM FOR DEMOLITIONBREAK LINEDOOR - EXISTING TO REMAINWALL - EXISTING TO REMAINWALL - EXISTING TO BE REMOVEDTAG - EQUIPMENTTAG - FINISHELEVATION MARKERB.O. BOTTOM OFBYND BEYONDCLG CEILINGDTL DETAILGWB GYPSUM WALL BOARDMTL METALO.C. ON CENTERPTD PAINTEDRCP REFLECTED CEILING PLANSIM SIMILART.O. TOP OFTYP TYPICALU.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISEU/S UNDERSIDEV.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELDTHKTHICKWALL - GWB / METAL STUDBATT INSULATIONHM HOLLOW METALSECTIONWALL DESIGNATIONSBASIC COMPONENTSTYPEWALL PARTITION LEGENDS-62502 HRN/AFIRE RATINGSTC RATINGFIRE TEST DESIGN NO.6 1/8"•2 LAYER OF 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM WALL BOARD•3-5/8" STEEL STUDS - 20 GA. AT 16" O.C.•SOUND BATT INSULATION•2 LAYER OF 5/8" TYPE X GYPSUM WALL BOARD6 1/4"6" METAL STUD BOXHEADEREXISTING G.W.B. CONSTRUCTION TOBE PATCH, REPAIR AND PAINT ASREQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW DOORFRAME SYSTEMHEAD DETAIL'Z' DRYWALL BEAD9'-4"DOOR OPEN'G2"1/2"EXISTING S.A.T. CEILING SYSTEM TOBE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED ASREQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW DOORFRAME SYSTEMDOUBLE - 6" 20 Ga. METAL STUDS5/8" GWBEXISTING G.W.B. CONSTRUCTION TOBE CUT BACK AS REQUIRED TOINSTALL NEW DOOR FRAME SYSTEM- PATCH, REPAIR AND PAINT TOMATCH EXISTINGHOLLOW METAL FRAME & DOOR,PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BYGENERAL CONTRACTOR. PAINT FRAMEAND FILL JAMB WITH BATT INSULATIONMETAL 'Z' CLIPJAMB ANCHOR2"6 1/4"1/2"JAMB DETAIL'Z' DRYWALL BEAD4'-0"DOOR OPEN'GGENERAL NOTESDOOR INSTALLATIONA.GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING AND NEWDOOR/FRAME OPENINGS PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK.B.GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD WALLAS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW DOOR AND FRAMEASSEMBLIES AS PER DOOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS.C.GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANY PATCHING REQUIRED ATNEW DOOR FRAME LOCATED TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING FINISHES.D.ALL SCREWS IN DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE COUNTER-SUNK INTO FRAMEAND THE SAME COLOR AS THE FRAME IN WHICH IT IS INSTALLED.E.EXISTING DOOR FRAME INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED SHALL BE PRIMEDAND PAINTED. PREP EXISTING FRAME TO RECEIVE NEW DOOR ANDHARDWARE. .F.EXCESSIVE CAULKING WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. CAULK INSTALLATIONSSHALL BE CLEAN, CONCAVED, AND SMOOTH.G.ALL VOIDS IN HEAD AND JAMBS SHALL BE PACKED SOLID WITH BATTINSULATION.SEE SCHED.EXSCHED.SEEDOOR TYPEF1SCHED.SEE2"2"SEE SCHED.2"FRAME TYPECORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/168369425Weill HallA-000SCOPE OF WORK,PATTERNS,SYMBOLS,SCHEDULES ANDDETAILSR. HERKOrlh1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationSCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-0001HM - HEAD DETAILSCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-0002HM - JAMB DETAILARCHITECTURAL SCOPE OF WORK1.0 THE PURPOSE OF THIS PROJECT IS TO CREATE A FUNCTIONAL LABORATORYTHAT WILL SUPPORT THE EQUIPMENT AND DAILY USE OF THE LAB. WORKINCLUDES THE RECONSTRUCTION OF DOORWAYS, NEW FLOOR FINISHES,INSTALLATION OF RELOCATED CASEWORK/SINK AND INSTALLATION OF ARELOCATED FUME HOOD. THE BULK OF THE WORK IS CONTAINED TO ONEROOM WITH MINOR WORK IN VARIOUS ROOMS IDENTIFIED HEREIN.GENERAL NOTES1.0 DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL,STATE AND OWNER SPECIFIC CODES, INCLUDING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) THE"NEW YORK STATE UNIFORM FIRE PROTECTION AND BUILDING CODE",LATEST REVISION, THE NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE, LATEST REVISION, ANSIA117.1 - LATEST REVISION, OSHA, AND ANY OTHER CODES GOVERNED BYTHE JURISDICTION IN WHICH THIS PROJECT IS BEING CONSTRUCTED.2.0 THIS CONTRACT REQUIRES COMPLETE, FINISHED WORKABLE PROJECT OFTHE AREAS INDICATED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SHALL INCLUDEALL MATERIALS AND LABOR NECESSARY TO COMPLETE, REGARDLESS OFWHETHER OR NOT ALL WORK OR EACH ITEM ISSPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON ANY OTHER PORTION OF THE DRAWINGS AND /OR NOTES.3.0 WHERE MATERIALS REFERENCED ON DRAWINGS, OR NECESSARY TOCOMPLETE THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT ARE NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN,PROVIDE BEST QUALITY MATERIALS. WHERE MATERIALS ARE INTENDED TOMATCH EXISTING, PROVIDE CLOSEST POSSIBLE MATCH, SUBJECT TOOWNER'S APPROVAL. ALL ITEMS AND WORK ON DRAWINGS ARE NEW,UNLESS INDICATED EXISTING. ALL WORK WHICH HAS BEEN DAMAGED SHALLBE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. WHERE ITEMSCAN NOT BE REPAIRED TO A "NEW CONDITION", OR WHERE THE STRUCTURALINTEGRITY HAS BEEN AFFECTED, ITEMS SHALL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TOTHE OWNER.4.0 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY ALL SITE, FIELD AND BUILDINGCONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS AND COMMENCING WORK. IF THEREARE ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND FIELD CONDITIONS,NOTIFY THE PROJECT MANAGER, WHO WILL REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROMTHE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND PROVIDE CLARIFICATION IN WRITING.5.0 WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION OR ITEMS HAVE BEEN INFILLED, REMOVEDAND / OR DISTURBED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, CAUSING THEEXPOSURE OF UNFINISHED AND/OR DAMAGED SURFACES RESULTINGSURFACES AND INFILLED SURFACES SHALL BE RECONSTRUCTED WITHMATERIALS TO MATCH FINISHED AREAS. ALL ABANDONED OPENINGS (i.e.DUCT/PIPE REMOVALS, ETC.) AT WALLS, ROOF OR FLOOR TO BE INFILLEDSOLID.6.0 WORK IS REQUIRED IN VARIOUS PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY TO EXECUTEWORK OF OTHER TRADES (i.e. ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL). ALTHOUGH NOTNECESSARILY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, WORK IS REQUIRED IN THESE AREASCONSISTING OF REMOVAL / REPLACEMENTOF CEILINGS, WALLS, FINISHES,PAVEMENT AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY TO PERFORM WORKAND RESTORE THESE SPACES OR AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION.7.0 GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE WORK OF ALL TRADES.SCHEDULE WORK PROGRESS THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE PROJECT TOPREVENT CONFLICTS AND INTERFERENCES. OBTAIN ALL NECESSARYINFORMATION SUCH AS SIZES, LOCATIONS, TEMPLATES, LAYOUT,DIMENSIONS AND ALL OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR A PROPER ANDWELL COORDINATED INSTALLATION. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ITEMS,VERIFY AND CONFIRM WITH EACH CONTRACTOR EXACT LOCATION OF ALLITEMS8.0 ALL PENETRATIONS (EXISTING OR NEW )THROUGH FLOORS AND FULLHEIGHT WALLS - IN AREA OF WORK TO BE FIRE STOPPED. ALL GAPS ANDJOINTS AT RATED FLOORS, ROOFS AND WALLS TO BE FIRE & SMOKESTOPPED. GAPS AND JOINTS INCLUDE (BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO) TOP OFWALL TO FLOOR OR ROOF DECK, WALL TO BEAMS, AND CONTROL OREXPANSION JOINTS. FIRE STOPPING INCLUDES BOTH FORM OR PACKINGMATERIAL AND THE FILL, VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL.9.0 JOBSITE WILL BE CLEANED DAILY AND DEBRIS REMOVED TO CONTAINERS ORTO VEHICLE WHICH WILL REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CAMPUS. CONTAINERS WILLBE REMOVED AS SOON AS FULL OR WHEN THE PROJECT HAS PROGRESSEDTO A POINT THAT A CONTAINER IS NO LONGER REQUIRED.10.0 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL AREAS USED TO BRING SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT INTO THE PROJECT AREA. ANYDAMAGETO AREAS OUTSIDE THE PROJECT AREA INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THELOBBY AND CORRIDOR SHALL BE REPAIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 308A-103372" x 30"TABLE72" x 36"TABLE72" x 36"TABLEFINISH TO FINSIH +/- 16' - 2" V.I.F.FINISH TO FINISH+/- 21' - 8" V.I.F.72" x 36" FUMEHOOD72" x 30"TABLE72" x 30"TABLE72" x 30"TABLE48" x 30"TABLE4"42345624" x 54"CART45716177 SF304181 SF302228 SF306177 SF310A170 SF3101575 SF30043346 SF3081' - 0"9346 SF308170 SF310228 SF3061575 SF300434' - 0"4"177 SF304181 SF302177 SF310A524" WALL BASE68682658308SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-1031PARTIAL RENOVATION PLAN - THIRD FLOORCORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/168369425Weill HallA-103THIRD FLOORRENOVATION,DEMOLITIONPLANS AND INT.ELEVATIONSR. HERKOrlh1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-1032PARTIAL DEMOLITION PLAN - THIRD FLOOR1A-103 KEYED CONSTRUCTION NOTES1 WHERE EXISTING CARPET HAS BEEN REMOVED PROVIDE SELF LEVELINGUNDERLAYMENT TO BRING FLOOR FLUSH TO RECEIVE NEW FLOOR FINISHWHERE EXISTING CONCRETE IS DAMAGED.2 OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED FUME HOOD ON A NEWADJUSTABLE CRANK STAND. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR CRANKSTAND INFORMATION3 COORDINATE WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PATCH HOLES IN THECONCRETE DECK AND GYPSUM BOARD WALLS WHERE HVAC AND PLUMBINGSYSTEMS AND SUPPORTS WERE REMOVED AND INSTALLED DURING THECOURSE OF THE WORK. INFILL WITH LIKE MATERIAL. BLEND AND SMOOTHTO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT CONDITIONS. TYPICAL OF ALL AREAS.4 IN-FILL EXISTING OPENING IN WALL WITH NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION TOMATCH EXISTING. REFER TO WALL TYPE OF DRAWING A-001. PATCH, REPAIRAND PAINT WALLS TO MATCH UP TO ADJACENT SURFACES.5 CASEWORK CABINETRY WITH SINK UNIK TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER ANDINSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO MAKEALL REQUIRED PLUMBING CONNECTIONS.6 ALL FURNITURE SHOWN IS FOR THE OWNER'S REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY.ALL FURNITURE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.7 PAINT ENTIRE EXISTING WALL SURFACE TO BLEND NEW CONSTRUCTIONWITH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION.8 SURFACE MOUNTED ELECTRIC RACEWAY - REFER TO ELECTRIC DRAWINGS9 DOOR FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.A-103 KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES1 REMOVE EXISTING CARPET TILE, VINYL WALL BASE AND ADHESIVES ASREQUIRED TO PREPARE NEW AREA FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH.2 REMOVE GYPSUM WALL BOARD AND METALS STUDS AS REQUIRED TOACCOMMODATE NEW DOOR SYSTEM AND FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT. PREP WALLTO RECEIVE OWNER FURNISHED HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME AND DOOR.3 REMOVE HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME, DOOR, AND GLAZING. SALVAGE ANDTURN OVER TO OWNER. PREP OPENING TO RECEIVE NEW WALL IN-FILL TOMATCH EXISTING4 REMOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED SHELVING AND STANDARDS ASREQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW DOOR OPENING. SALVAGE AND TURN OVER TOOWNER.5 REMOVE ANY MISCELLANEOUS WALL ITEMS AND PREPARE THE EXISTINGWALLS FOR NEW FINISHES. TYPICAL OF ALL WALLS.6 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ANY FURNITUREREMAINING WITHIN THE LIMITS OF THE WORK AREA. VERIFY WITH THEOWNER TO EITHER DISCARD OR SALVAGE AND STORE THE FURNITURE.OWNER TO PROVIDE A LOCATION FOR THE FURNITURE IF SALVAGED##ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL NOTES1.0 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO THE START OFCONSTRUCTION.2.0 ALL DOORS ARE TO BE LOCATED 4" FROM WALL TO DOOR JAMB OPENINGUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.3.0 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR BRACING/STABILIZING EXISTING WALLSAND STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION (SPECIFICALLY AT NEW DOORLOCATIONS), ATTACH FRAME WITH "TAPCON" FASTENERS.4.0 PATCH ALL OPENINGS IN REMAINING WALLS WHERE MECHANICAL ORPLUMBING EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN REMOVED. INFILL WITH LIKE MATERIAL.BLEND & SMOOTH TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT CONDITIONS.5.0 PATCH ALL HOLES IN GYPSUM WALL BOARD RESULTING FROM DEMOLITIONAND REMOVAL. INFILL WITH LIKE MATERIAL. BLEND & SMOOTH TO MATCHEXISTING ADJACENT CONDITIONS.6.0 FIRE STOPPING MATERIAL SHALL BE INSTALLED AROUND ALL NEW ANDEXISTING PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUITS OR OTHER PENETRATIONS IN FIREPARTITION, FIRE BARRIER AND FIRE WALLS, TYPICAL.7.0 PATCH FLOORS WHERE WALLS HAVE BEEN DEMOLISHED TO MATCHEXISTING SLAB ELEVATION AND PREP FOR NEW FLOOR FINISH. REFER TOROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHES.8.0 REFER TO DRAWING A-001 FOR PARTITION ASSEMBLY TYPES.9.0 COORDINATE ALL ELECTRICAL / PLUMBING ITEMS WITH CASEWORKDRAWINGS FOR ALL ELECTRICAL & PLUMBINGH COORDINATION CUT OUTS.10.0 THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROTECT ANY EXISTING FLOORINGTO REMAIN DURING DEMOLITION. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS COVERAGE ASAPPROVED BY OWNER.23456SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-1033Elevation 1 - aSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-1034Elevation 1 - cSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-1035Elevation 1 - dSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-1036Elevation 1 - bN024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"N024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"4" VINYLBASE64" VINYLBASESCALE: NO SCALEA-10373D View 1SCALE: NO SCALEA-10383D View 7 FUME HOOD DUCTRISER THROUGHCEILINGEXISTING SPRINKLERHEAD (TYPICAL OF 4)EXISTING EXHAUSTGRILLE(TYPICAL OF 2)NEW SUPPLY GRILLE BYMECH. CONTRACTOR(TYPICAL OF 2)EXISTING LIGHTFIXTURES (TYPICAL OF 6)NEW LIGHT FIXTURES(TYPICAL OF 3)CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/168369425Weill HallA-303THIRD FLOORREFLECTEDCEILING PLANR. HERKOrlh1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-3031PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLANA-303 KEYED RCP CONSTRUCTION NOTES1 AREA OF EXISTING SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES AND SYSTEM TOBE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALLNEW EQUIPMENT. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RE-INSTALL CEILING SYSTEMAFTER COMPLETION OF MECHANICAL WORK. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TOCOORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.1#1111N024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" T99"NAME" (E)XXXXXXX22CHWSCHWRDGWSGWRCDHWSHWRAWSPNGHWCWCAVSHWRCTWVDVD__CHILLED WATER RETURNBOTTOM PIPE CONNECTIONTOP PIPE CONNECTIONPIPING REDUCER (CONCENTRIC)PIPING REDUCER (ECCENTRIC)DIRECTION OF FLOWUNION CONNECTIONPITCH PIPING (DOWN)PIPE DOWNPIPE UPFLANGE CONNECTIONCHILLED WATER SUPPLYCONDENSATE DRAINDOMESTIC COLD WATER SUPPLYGLYCOL HEATING SUPPLYGLYCOL HEATING RETURNHOT WATER HEATING SUPPLYHOT WATER HEATING RETURNACID WASTE PIPINGSPRINKLER PIPINGNITROGEN PIPINGDOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLYNATURAL GAS PIPINGCOMPRESSED AIR PIPINGVENT PIPINGSANITARY PIPINGHOT WATER RECIRCTEMPERED WATERWATER HAMMER ARRESTORCAP OR PLUGISOLATION VALVENPOINT OF DISCONNECTIONTO BE REMOVEDTO BE REMAINNORTH ARROWSECTIONKEYNOTE - NEW WORKKEYNOTE - DEMOLITIONRECTANGULAR ELBOWW/TURNING VANESRECTANGULAR ELBOWSTANDARD BRANCH DUCTVOLUME DAMPERDUCT DOWN (SUPPLY)DUCT UP (SUPPLY)(EXHAUST OR RETURN)DOUBLE LINEDUCT UPAIR FLOWDUCT AIR FLOWWCLAVMSFDDPCOWCOSANVENTDHWDCWWHASANITARYVENTDOMESTIC HOT WATERDOMESTIC COLD WATERWATER HAMMER ARRESTORWATER CLOSETLAVATORYMOP SINKFLOOR DRAINDECK PLATE CLEAN OUTWALL CLEAN OUTEXISTING PIPINGEXISTING EQUIPMENTNEW EQUIPMENTPLEASE NOTE: IF EXISTING AN "E" IS ADDEDPOINT OF CONNECTIONDEMOLITION / REMOVAL WORKTAG NO.AIAOAVN.C.N.O.F.L.TTCVDBCUEASA(E)DO999BREAK LINEROOM NUMBERBINARY POINTANALOG POINTANALOG INPUTANALOG OUTPUTANALOG VALUENORMALLY CLOSEDNORMALLY OPENFAIL LASTVOLUME DAMPERBLOWER COIL UNITEXHAUST AIRSUPPLY AIREXISTING TO REMAINDIGITAL OUTPUTEQUIPMENT TAGPRESSURE/TEMPERATURE TEST PORTSTRAINER WITH BLOW DOWNVALVE AND CAPROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR, PLAN VIEWTEMPERATURE CONTROLLER2-WAY CONTROL VALVE, DIGITALSINGLE POINT TEMPERATURE SENSORDUCT MOUNTEDBALANCING VALVE__CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/16 -8369425Weill HallM-000SCOPE OF WORK,GENERAL NOTESAND SYMBOLOGYT. FISHERtf1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationMECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK1.0 THE MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK IS TO PROVIDE MECHANICAL FUMEHOOD/GENERAL EXHAUST AND MAKE-UP AIR IN SUPPORT OF THERENOVATION OF WEILL HALL ROOM 308. LABORATORY COMPRESSED AIR,NATURAL GAS, AND VACUUM DISTRIBUTION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THELAB AS WELL AS DOMESTIC WATER SERVICES TO LAB SINK, FUME HOOD, ANDEYEWASH STATION.2.0 WORK SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING2.1 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING HVAC SUPPLY/EXHAUSTDUCTWORK.2.2 PROVIDE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SUPPLY AIR BOX, FUME HOOD EXHAUSTAIR VALVE, AND GENERAL EXHAUST AIR VALVE2.3 INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED FUME HOOD, EXHAUST, PLUMBINGSERVICES, AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES2.4 PROVIDE SUPPLY DUCTWORK, VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX, ANDACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED TO INCREASE THE MAKE-UP AIR SUPPLY TO THESPACE.2.5 PROVIDE ADJUSTMENTS TO THE EXISTING CONTROLS AS REQUIRED TOMEET THE REQUIRED LAB AIRFLOWS2.6 PROVIDE A LAB SINK FAUCET, DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND DRAIN/VENTPIPING FOR SINK/CASEWORK PROVIDED BY OWNER2.7 PROVIDE EMERGENCY DRENCH EYE/FACE WASH UNIT AND SHOWER.2.8 PROVIDE AIR, GAS, AND VACUUM DROPS/CONNECTIONS WITHIN THESPACE.MECHANICAL SYMBOLOGYPLUMBING SYMBOLOGYGENERAL SYMBOLOGYGENERAL NOTESSCOPE OF WORKGENERAL NOTES1.0 DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENTOF SYSTEMS AND WORK INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALLFIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. IF DIMENSIONS OR CONDITIONS ARE FOUNDTO BE IN CONFLICT WITH THE DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALLIMMEDIATELY REFER THE CONFLICT TO THE ENGINEER.2.0 UTILITY SHUTDOWNS: SHUTDOWN OF ANY BUILDING UTILITY SYSTEM SHALLBE COORDINATED WITH CUSTOMER SERVICE AT PH: 607-255-5322. THECONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE COST OF THE UTILITY SHUTDOWN.SCHEDULE WORK TEN DAYS IN ADVANCE AND NOTIFY THE OWNER'SREPRESENTATIVE TO COORDINATE BUILDING FUNCTIONS WITH THEBUILDING COORDINATOR.3.0 WORK IS REQUIRED IN VARIOUS PORTIONS OF THE FACILITY TO EXECUTEWORK OF OTHER TRADES (EG ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL). ALTHOUGH NOTNECESSARILY SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, WORK IS REQUIRED IN THESE AREASCONSISTING OF REMOVAL / REPLACEMENT OF CEILINGS, WALLS, FINISHES,PAVEMENT AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION AS NECESSARY TO PERFORM WORKAND RESTORE THESE SPACES OR AREAS TO ORIGINAL CONDITION.4.0 ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FULL HEIGHT WALLS ARE TO BE FIRESTOPPEDIN ACCORDANCE WITH UL STANDARDS. ALL GAPS AND JOINTS AT RATEDFLOORS, ROOFS AND WALLS ARE TO BE FIRE AND SMOKE STOPPED. CAPSAND JOINTS INCLUDE (BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO) TOP OF WALL TO FLOOR ORROOF DECK, WALL TO BEAMS, AND CONTROL OR EXPANSION JOINTS.FIRESTOPPING INCLUDES BOTH FORM OR PACKING MATERIAL AND THE FILL,VOID OR CAVITY MATERIAL.5.0 ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE IN INCHES, AND ARE INSIDE FREEAND CLEAR DIMENSIONS.6.0 INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE PROPER ACCESS TO CONTROL DEVICESAND WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE TO PERFORM ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ANDREPAIR. EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT INSTALLED WITH THIS REQUIREMENT INMIND SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO EXPENSE TO THE UNIVERSITY UNTILDEFICIENCIES ARE CORRECTED.7.0 ALL SYSTEM TESTING SHALL BE CONDUCTED PRIOR TO INSULATION,FIREPROOFING, AND ENCLOSURE IN SHAFTS. ANY RESTORATION WORKREQUIRED AS A RESULT OF DISTURBING FINISHES OR STRUCTURE IN ORDERTO ACCESS SYSTEMS REQUIRING REPAIR SHALL BE AT NO COST TO THEUNIVERSITY.8.0 VERIFY FINAL EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE LOCATIONS FOR ROUGHING-IN.9.0 TRAINING: THE BUILDING OCCUPANTS SHALL RECEIVE A MINIMUM OF 4HOURS OF TRAINING ON THE OPERATION OF THE NEWLY INSTALLEDMECHANICAL SYSTEMS.10.0 REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FORADDITIONAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 12210" EA(E)24x16 EA(E)46x16 EA(E)46x16 EA(E)14x8 EA(E)14x8 EA(D)EAD-J1(E)175 CFMEAD-J2(E)175 CFMSAD-R1(D)300 CFMSAD-R2(D)300 CFMVCV-8(D)VVE-3(D)111142x18 SA(E)24x14 SA(E)306304310A310A3103063004330830043308302306304304308302307302309310EAD-J1(E)175 CFMEAD-J2(E)175 CFMEAV-30821307302309310SAV-308FAV-30810" EA(E)24x16 EA(E)46x16 EA(E)46x16 EA(E)42x18 SA(E)24x14 SA(E)12" SA310306310A310A306304304304302306300433083004330830830210" EA318x12 SASAD-1(500 CFM)SAD-1(525 CFM)4FUME HOOD(775 CFM)5CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/16 -8369425Weill HallM-103PARTIAL THIRDFLOORMECHANICALPLANST. FISHERtf1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationGENERAL MECHANICAL NOTES1.0 REFER TO AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FORREFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND CEILING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.2.0 FUME HOOD SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. FUME HOOD IS AJAMESTOWN BENCH HOOD MODEL F-100-72. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDEADJUSTABLE ADA MANUAL HYDRAULIC BASE STAND. CONTRACTOR SHALLINSTALL FUME HOOD ON BASE STAND.M-103 KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES1 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK, SUPPLY AIRVALVE, ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, AND ACCESSORIES SERVING ROOM 308BACK TO EXISTING DUCT MAIN. REFER TO 2/M-103 FOR RECONNECTION.2 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK,VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX AND ACCESSORIES TO THE EXTENT SHOWN.REFER TO 2/M-103 FOR RECONNECTION.M-103 KEYED CONSTRUCTION NOTES1 CONNECT 10" EXHAUST AIR DUCT TO EXISTING 10" EXHAUST AIR DUCT.PROVIDE TRANSITION TO 8" EXHAUST AIR AS REQUIRED TO INSTALLEXHAUST AIR VALVE EAV-308.2 CONNECT 8" EXHAUST AIR DUCT FROM EXHAUST AIR VALVE EAV-308 TOEXISTING 14X8 EXHAUST AIR DUCT.3 CONNECT 10" FUME HOOD EXHAUST TO EXISTING 46x16 EXHAUST AIR MAIN.4 CONNECT 10" EXHAUST AIR DUCT TO FUME HOOD FURNISHED BY OWNER.REFER TO 2/M-402 FOR DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL. ROUTE EXHAUST AIRDUCT ABOVE CEILING TO FUME HOOD AIR VALVE FAV-308.5 CONNECT 12" SA TO EXISTING 42x18 SUPPLY AIR MAIN ABOVE CEILING.SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"M-1032PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"M-1033THIRD FLOOR MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION PLANN024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"N024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"## VCV-8(D)VVE-3(D)1" HWS(E)1" HWR(E)123093103073023/4" CW3/4" HW(E)3/4" HWR2" TW1-1/4" NG1-1/4" VAC1/2" CA308302310306310A310A30630430430430043308300433083/4" CW3/4" CW3/4" HW3/4" HWR2" TW1-1/4" NG1-1/4" VAC1/2" CA1/2" CA1-1/4" VAC1/2" NG13307302309310421.03/4" HW3/4" HWR2" TWESEEW1" TW5610RHC-1308302310306310A310A30430430230630630430043308300433083/4" CW1/2" CA1/2" VAC1/2" NG71/2" VAC281/2" TW3/4" HW3/4" HWR3/4" CW1/2" HW1/2" CW1/2" TW9S2S11112131-1/2" LV1-1/2" LW1-1/2" LW142" LV (E)CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/16 -8369425Weill HallP-103PARTIAL THIRDFLOOR PLUMBINGPLANST. FISHERtf1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P-1031PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLANP-103 KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES1 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING 1/2" HEATING WATER SUPPLY ANDRETURN PIPING, VALVES, AND ACCESSORIES SERVING VCV-8 REHEAT COILBACK TO MAIN AND CAP.2 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURNPIPING CONNECTED TO EXISTING 3/4" DOMESTIC HOT WATER SUPPLY.EXISTING BALANCING AND SHUTOFF VALVE TO REMAIN. REFER TO 2/P-103FOR RECONNECTION.SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"P-1032PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION PLANP-103 KEYED CONSTRUCTION NOTES1 CONNECT 1/2" COMPRESSED AIR, 1-1/4" VACUUM, 1-1/4" NATURAL GAS, AND 2"TEMPERED WATER TO EXISTING SERVICES ABOVE CEILING. EXTENDSERVICES TO FIXTURES IN ROOM 308.2 1/2" COMPRESSED AIR, 1/2" VACUUM, AND 1/2" NATURAL GAS DROPSEXPOSED ALONG WALL. ROUTE TO ABOVE EXPOSED ALONG WALL TO ABOVEELECTRICAL RACEWAY. TERMINATE WITH THREADED CAP FOR FUTURE LABUSER HOSE CONNECTION. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR RACEWAYHEIGHT. PROVIDE SERVICE BALL SHUTOFF VALVES ABOVE CEILING.3 CONNECT 3/4" HOT WATER AND 3/4" COLD WATER SUPPLY TO EXISTINGSERVICES ABOVE CEILING. EXTEND SERVICE TO LAB SINK AND FUME HOODIN ROOM 308.4 CONNECT 3/4" HOT WATER RETURN TO EXISTING HOT WATER RETURNABOVE CEILING. EXTEND 3/4" HOT WATER RETURN TO ROOM 308 TOCONNECT TO HOT WATER SUPPLY.5 DOMESTIC COLD WATER, LABORATORY WASTE AND VENT SERVICE SERVINGADA FUME HOOD. CORE DRILL OPENING THROUGH EXISTING THIRD FLOORSLAB AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE 2" LAB WASTE DRAIN DOWN TO SECONDFLOOR.REFER TO 2/M-401 FOR ADDITIONAL PIPING DETAILS6 1/2" COLD, 1/2" HOT, 1/2" TEMPERED WATER SUPPLIES DOWN EXPOSEDALONG WALL TO BEHIND FUME HOOD BASE. ROUTE PIPING ALONG WALLBEHIND FUME HOOD TO WITHIN BASE CABINET7 CONNECT 3/4" HOT WATER SUPPLY AND 3/4" HOT WATER RETURN TOEXISTING 1" HOT WATER SUPPLY/RETURN SERVICES. ROUTE PIPING TOREHEAT COIL RHC-1. REFER TO HEATING COIL PIPING DETAIL 1/M-4018 1/2" COMPRESSED AIR, 1/2" VACUUM, AND 1/2" NATURAL BRANCH SERVICESABOVE CEILING FOR FUTURE CONNECTION. TERMINATE WITH BALL SHUTOFFVALVE AND THREADED CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTION.9 1/2" COLD WATER SUPPLY TO FUME HOOD SINK FAUCET S-2.10 PROVIDE 1" TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY ABOVE CEILING TO EMERGENCYSHOWER. COORDINATE WITH CASEWORK MANUFACTURER FOR CABINETMOUNTED EMERGENCY SHOWER CONTROL.11 ROUTE 1/2" COLD AND 1/2" HOT WATER SUPPLY TO FAUCET WITH SUPPLYSTOPS. PROVIDE 1-1/2" LAB WASTE WITH TRAP WITHIN BASE CABINET, COREDRILL OPENING THROUGH EXISTING THIRD FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED TOROUTE 1-1/2" LAB WASTE DRAIN TO SECOND FLOOR. 1-1/2" VENT UP. REFERTO P-102 FOR LAB WASTE CONTINUATION.12 ROUTE 1/2" TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY TO DRENCH EYEWASH UNIT (EEW).MOUNT DRENCH EYEWASH UNIT 6" FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THECOUNTER.13 1-1/2" LAB WASTE TO FUME HOOD SINK OUTLET WITH DRUM TRAP. COREDRILL OPENING IN EXISTING THIRD FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED TO ROUTE1-1/2" LAB WASTE TO SECOND FLOOR LEVEL. REFER TO P-102 FORCONTINUATION.14 CONNECT 1-1/2" LAB VENT FROM ROOM 308 FIXTURES TO EXISTING 2" LABVENT ABOVE CEILING.EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADAND ASSOCIATEDPIPING TO REMAIN (TYP)N024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"N024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"##GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES1 PLUMBING PIPING WITHIN THE 308 LAB SPACE ROUTED BELOW THE CEILINGSHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED. EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED TOMATCH WALL FINISH. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ANDSPECIFICATIONS FOR WALL FINISH. CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/16 -8369425Weill HallE-000SCOPE OF WORK,GENERAL NOTES,SYMBOLOGY, ANDABBREVIATIONSC. WAYMANcmw1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL SCHEDULEELECTRICAL SYMBOLOGYELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL SCHEDULEELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONSDESCRIPTIONPRODUCT DATAYESYESLUMINAIRESTOGGLE LIGHT SWITCHRECEPTACLESCOVERPLATESMETALLIC SURFACE RACEWAYYESSHOP DRAWINGSYESYESYESYES-99F10A103D16A103D16A103F10A103GENERAL SYMBOL LEGEND22XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXPOINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING WORK TO REMAINPOINT OF DEMOLITION TO EXISTING WORK TO REMAINCONDUIT DROP OR RISE AS INDICATEDCIRCUITAAAAAIR BREAK INTERRUPTER SWITCHFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHTHERMAL MAGNETIC MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERCTCURRENT TRANSFORMERPTPOTENTIAL TRANSFORMERMOV TYPE LIGHTNING ARRESTOR SIZE AND CLASSAS INDICATEDMETER/INSTRUMENT LETTER INDICATES FUNCTIONA - AMMETERPF - POWER FACTOR METERS - SYNCHROSCOPEVH - VARHOUR METERV - VOLT METERVAR- VARMETERW - WATTMETERWH - WATTHOUR METERWHD- WATTHOUR METER W/DEMAND REGISTERCIRCUIT MONITORMETER/INSTRUMENT SWITCH LETTERS INDICATEFUNCTION:AS - AMMETER SWITCHVS - VOLTMETER SWITCHWS - WATTMETER SWITCHASAND TYPETRANSFORMER, REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR SIZETGENERATOR SETGGROUND CONNECTIONTOP OF ROD 2'0" BELOW FINISHED GRADE UNLESSWELDS ONLY.MOLDED FUSION "T" EXOTHERMIC WELDS FOR GRIDCONNECTION , UNDERGROUND WORK.GROUND TERMINATION TO EQUIPMENT. (FRAME,GROUND BUS, TRANSFORMER NEUTRAL)6'-0" COIL FOR FUTURE USE.No. 4/0 STRANDED BARE COPPER PIGTAIL. MINIMUMDRAWOUT DEVICE1200AT1600AFCHARACTERISTICS INDICATED BY SUBSCRIPTS:CIRCUIT BREAKER SOLID STATE TRIPAT - TRIP COIL AMPERE RATINGAF - FRAME SIZE AMPERE RATINGCL - CURRENT LIMITINGL - LONG TIME TRIPS - SHORT TIME TRIPI - INSTANT ANEOUS TRIPG - GROUND FAULT TRIPSH - SHUNT TRIPSSTLSIGTRANSFER SWITCH, RATING ASINDICATED.ATS = AUTOMATIC10'-0" x 5/8" DIAMETER, COPPER CLAD GROUND ROD.CMSDFSTSPSSDBTSDBR135HDDDFFHDNFEMH190ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE SYMBOLS GENERAL ELECTRICAL SYMBOLSFIRE ALARM SYMBOLSSECURITY SYMBOLSLIGHTING SYMBOLSENLARGED DETAILEXTERIOR ELEVATIONINTERIOR ELEVATIONKEYNOTE DEMOLITIONKEYNOTE NEW WORKMATCH LINENORTH ARROWSECTIONEXISTING WORK TO REMAIN (GRAYSCALE)REMOVAL WORK (DASHED)NEW WORK (BOLD)THERMOSTATTSMOKE DETECTOR PHOTOELECTRONIC SENSORTRANSMITTER BEAM DETECTORRECEIVER BEAM DETECTORDUCT DETECTORTAMPER SWITCHLOW AIR SWITCHFLOW PRESSURE SWITCHHEAT DETECTOR 135 F OR 200 F FIXED TEMP SENSORFIRE ALARM PULL STATIONFIRE ALARM STROBE/HORN COMBOFIRE ALARM STROBE ONLYFIRE ALARM HORN ONLYP-1A12DRAWING REMOVAL KEYED NOTE INDICATORDRAWING CONSTRUCTION KEYED NOTE INDICATORPANELBOARD.LP-1JUNCTION BOX.SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE DEVICE. PROVIDE SINGLEDEVICE WITH NEMA RATING AS INDICATED AND MATCHINGCOVER PLATE.MOTOR, NUMBER INSIDE SYMBOL INDICATES HORSEPOWER.5MANUAL MOTOR STARTER, SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED.DISCONNECT SWITCH.COMBINATION STARTER.METERING DEVICE, TYPE INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.THREE SPEED SWITCHTWO DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES MOUNTED ON A SINGLEGANG PLATE.WWIRE MOLD SURFACE RACEWAYVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE.X X X X X X XPLUGMOLDDUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE, GF = GROUND FAULTINTERRUPTER PROTECTION.BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO POWER RECEPTACLE DEVICE(S) IS NOTINDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE ALPHA-NUMERICTEXT ADJACENT TO THE DEVICE SYMBOL INDICATES THE PANELAND CIRCUIT NUMBER IT'S FED FROM. FOR EXAMPLE: P-1A/12INDICATES THAT THE DEVICE IS FED FROM PANEL P-1A, CIRCUIT #12.PROVIDE CIRCUITRY TO DEVICE(S) AS FOLLOWS: DEVICES INDICATEDWITH THE SAME CIRCUIT NUMBER SHALL BE CIRCUITED TOGETHERTO A 20AMP/1-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER USING 2#12, 1#12G, IN 3/4 INCHEMT CONDUIT UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. A MAXIMUM OF FOUR20 AMP, SINGLE PHASE BRANCH CIRCUITS CONSISTING OF(8#12, 1#12G) SHALL BE PERMITTED IN ONE INCH EMT CONDUIT.SINGLE POLE SWITCH.LIGHTING FIXTURE. FA = FIXTURE TYPE, REFER TOSPECIFICATIONS. a = CONTROL BY WALL SWITCH MARKEDSAME. EM = EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE.SINGLE POLE SWITCHES GANGED ON A SINGLE PLATE.MARKED SAME AS ABOVE.SECURITY SYSTEM PANIC BUTTONSSECURITY SYSTEM DOOR SWITCHTRACK LIGHTSLED RECESSED LIGHTSURFACE MOUNTED OR RECESSED DOWN LIGHTS.LIGHTING DIMMER.EXIT LIGHT.RAIMAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERRTSREMOTE TEST SWITCH/STATIONREMOTE ALARM INDICATORTHREE OR FOUR WAY SWITCH.OCCUPANCY SENSOR. "C" INDICATES CEILING MOUNTED."W" INDICATES WALL MOUNTED.OSCOMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH & OCCUPANCY SENSOR.AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY.GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOREMERGENCY WALLPACK LUMINAIREEMERGENCY/EXIT COMBO WALLPACK LUMINAIRECOMMUNICATION OUTLET. P/D INDICATES PHONE/DATA.WP INDICATES WALL PHONE OUTLET.DELECTRIC STRIKEHARDWIRED EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONP-1A12HOMERUN TO PANEL P-1A, CIRCUIT #12. FED FROM 20A - 1P BREAKERIS INTENDED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. RUN GREEN WIRE GROUNDFOR ALL CIRCUITS. PROVIDE ONE GROUND PER CIRCUIT.SSS43FA EMaFB EMaSSSPBDSESFFAPSAP-1A12P-1A12JGFIM5-20RSVFDGRAS3-SPDEMERGENCY POWER OFF (EPO)GROUND ROD ELECTRODEEMSCOPE OF WORK1.0PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL WORK AS SHOWN.2.0PROVIDE METALLIC, DUAL-CHANNEL SURFACE RACEWAYS ANDMODIFY/EXTEND EXISTING POWER AND DATA CIRCUITRY FOR NEW LAYOUT.3.0PROVIDE POWER FOR FUME HOOD.4.0PROVIDE RECESSED LED LUMINAIRES.GENERAL NOTES1.0ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AREDIAGRAMMATIC. IT IS NOT THE INTENT TO SHOW EXACT OR MOSTEFFICIENT ROUTING. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONSON SITE. ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ANDFIELD CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO CORNELL'S PROJECT MANAGERFOR RESOLUTION BEFORE WORK PROCEEDS.2.0ASSURE PUBLIC AND WORKER SAFETY AT ALL TIMES. PROTECT ADJOININGAREAS FROM DAMAGE AND DUST. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM SITE ANDDISPOSE OF WASTE MATERIAL IN A SAFE MANNER. KEEP THE PREMISESFREE OF DEBRIS FROM THE EXECUTION OF WORK. DELIVER A FINALPRODUCT THAT IS CLEAN AND OPERABLE.3.0FIRE STOP ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLSAND/OR FLOORS WITH MATERIAL EQUAL IN RATING TO THE CONSTRUCTIONOF THE MATERIAL PENETRATED.4.0WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED ON CONTRACTDOCUMENTS. ANY SUGGESTED ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER OR METHODOF INSTALLATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO PROJECT ENGINEER FORAPPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY MATERIALS OR COMMENCINGEXECUTION OF WORK.5.0GROUNDING SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 250.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR WITH EACH BRANCH CIRCUITINDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORSHALL BE ROUTED WITH ASSOCIATED PHASE CONDUCTORS.6.0PROVIDE A NEW TYPED PANELBOARD DIRECTORY FOR EACH PANELBOARD.LABEL ALL NEW DEVICE FACEPLATES WITH SOURCE AND CIRCUIT NUMBER.PROVIDE PERMANENT LABEL ON SWITCHING DEVICES INDICATINGEQUIPMENT SERVICE AND INVENTORY NUMBERS. COORDINATE EQUIPMENTINVENTORY NUMBERS WITH CORNELL UNIVERSITY'S MECHANICAL SHOP,255-8667.7.0CIRCUITS RATED 20-AMP, 120 VOLT SHALL CONTAIN SEPARATE NEUTRALCONDUCTORS.8.0CONDUCTORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 12AWG, STRANDED COPPER,600VAC, 90 DEGREE C, TYPE THHN/THWN FOR DRY AREAS AND XHHW/THWN-2 FOR WET AREAS.9.0CONDUITS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4 INCHES DIAMETER. CONDUITSSHALL BE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) AND SURFACE MOUNTEDUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.10.0AIC RATING OF NEW CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL MATCH RATING OFRESPECTIVE PANELBOARD. SIZE AS INDICATED.11.0PROVIDE PULL STRING THROUGH NEW CONDUIT AND BOXES. PROVIDESUPPORT HANGERS FOR CONDUIT AS NEEDED.12.0INSTALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS ENSURING PROPER ACCESS TO EQUIPMENTAND DEVICES AND WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE TO PERFORM ROUTINEMAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. RACEWAYS THAT ARE NOT INSTALLED WITHTHIS REQUIREMENT IN MIND SHALL BE RELOCATED AT NO EXPENSE TOTHE UNIVERSITY UNTIL DEFICIENCIES ARE CORRECTED.--OSELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONSAFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAFI ARC FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERAMM ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULEAOM ADDRESSABLE OUTPUT MODULEARB AUXILIARY RELAY BOARDATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHBKR BREAKERCCONDUITCD CANDELACKT CIRCUITCR CONTROL RELAYEC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOREMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBINGEPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF STATIONFAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANELFACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANELFSD FAN SHUT DOWNGAA GENERATOR ALARM ANNUNCIATORGFI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERGND GROUNDHP HORSEPOWERKW KILOWATTLC LIGHTING CONTACTORLFMC LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUITLTG LIGHTINGMCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERMLO MAIN LUG ONLYMTS MANUAL TRANSFER SWITCHNIC NOT IN CONTRACTOE OVERHEAD ELECTRICPC PHOTOCELLPM PLUGMOLDPP POWER PANELPVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDERGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEELSNAC SUPPLEMENTAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE PANELST SHUNT TRIPTM THERMAL MAGNETICTSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIRTYP TYPICALUE UNDERGROUND ELECTRICUOI UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATEDUPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLYVVOLTVA VOLT AMPSWP WATERPROOF FJF(2)(2)(2)FBOS111234567308302(2)(2)(2)RP23N -21RP23N -29RP23N -19RP23N -1AAAOSGFI1INSTALL BOTTOM OF SURFACERACEWAY @ 3'-6" AFF1INSTALL BOTTOM OF SURFACERACEWAY @ 4'-0" AFF1INSTALL BOTTOM OF SURFACERACEWAY @ 4'-0" AFF2222345678C30830299CORNELLUNIVERSITYFOUNDED5681ADCornell UniversityFacilities EngineeringIT IS A VIOLATION OF NEW YORK STATE LAW FORANY PERSON, UNLESS ACTING UNDER THEDIRECTION OF A LICENSED ARCHITECT ORENGINEER, TO ALTER THIS DOCUMENT IN ANYWAY. IF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERED, THEALTERING ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER SHALL AFFIXTO SUCH DOCUMENT HIS SEAL AND THENOTATION "ALTERED BY" FOLLOWED BY HISSIGNATURE, THE DATE OF SUCH ALTERATION,AND A SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION OF THEALTERATION.WARNING:1234567891011121314151612345678910111213141516ABCDEFGHIABCDEFGHIthaca, New YorkDATE:FACILITY:DESIGN:DRAWN:REVISIONS:ARCHIVE BAR CODEARCH/STRUCT:CIVIL/ENV:ELECTRICAL:MECHANICAL: - ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTIONDATE: 02/18/16 -8369425Weill HallE-103ELECTRICALPLANSC. WAYMANcmw1014February 18, 2016Weill Hall Room 308 Biomedical Engineering LabRenovationSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"E-1031PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"E-1032PARTIAL THIRD FLOOR ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION PLANE-103 KEYED DEMOLITION NOTES1 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE SURFACE RACEWAY. REMOVE DATA CABLINGAND POWER BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO A POINT BEYOND REMOVALS AND TAGFOR REUSE (CIRCUITS RP23N-1, 19, 21, AND 29).2 EXISTING FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE TO REMAIN.PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION.3 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE SWITCH AND TAG LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITRYFOR REUSE.4 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE CAST IN-PLACE FLOORBOX. REMOVE POWERBRANCH CIRCUITRY AND DATA CABLING TO SOURCE. INFILL FLOORBOX WITHCONCRETE FILL FLUSH WITH FLOOR.5 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR AND ASSOCIATEDRELAYS AND SAVE FOR REINSTALLATION.6 EXISTING RECESSED TROFFERS TO REMAIN.7 DISCONNECT AND REMOVE (20) UNDERCABINET LUMINAIRES AND RETURNTO OWNER. REMOVE BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO SOURCE.E-103 KEYED CONSTRUCTION NOTES1 PROVIDE DUAL-CHANNEL, METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY, INCLUDING ALLFITTINGS.2 MODIFY/EXTEND EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITRY AS SHOWN. CONCEAL ALLWIRING ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS AND WITHIN WALLS AND RACEWAYS.3 MODIFY/EXTEND EXISTING DATA CABLING AS SHOWN. PROVIDE NEWCOVERPLATES AND LABELS. CONCEAL ALL WIRING ABOVE FINISHEDCEILINGS AND WITHIN WALLS AND RACEWAYS.4 COORDINATE FUME HOOD ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AND LOCATION WITHEQUIPMENT INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.5 REINSTALL CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR AND ASSOCIATED RELAYS.PROVIDE CONTROL CIRCUITRY BETWEEN EXISTING AND TYPE A LUMINAIRES.PROVIDE RELAY TO INTERFACE OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO THE EXISTINGBUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR TEMPERATURE/AIRFLOW SETBACK.6 PROVIDE LUMINAIRES. REFER TO THE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FORADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CIRCUIT TO EXISTING LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITUSING 2#12, 1#12GND, 3/4" EMT.7 PROVIDE TOGGLE STYLE LIGHT SWITCH. MODIFY/EXTEND EXISTINGLIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO NEW SWITCH LOCATION.8 RELAMP FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES WITH LED LAMPS - LUXUL E-LUX SERIES,4', T8 DIAMETER, 4000K COLOR TEMPERATURE. EACH FIXTURE CONTAINS (2)LAMPS. TYPICAL FOR (6) EXISTING LUMINAIRES. DAMP WIPE LENSES ANDREFLECTORS.9 CIRCUIT LUMINAIRE TO THE EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE,LOCATED IN CORRIDOR 30043 AS SHOWN. EMERGENCY LIGHT SHALL BEUNSWITCHED AND OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY.GENERAL ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES1.0 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN DASHED ON DEMOLITION DRAWINGS,INCLUDING ASSOCIATED ANCHORS, SUPPORTS, STRAPS, BOXES, FITTINGS,AND OTHER APPURTENANCES NOT SHOWN, SHALL BE DISCONNECTED ANDREMOVED. REMOVE ASSOCIATED BRANCH CIRCUITRY TO SOURCE, UNLESSNOTED OTHERWISE.2.0 EXISTING RACEWAYS AND DEVICE BACKBOXES NOT INTERFERRING WITHNEW WORK SHALL BE REUSED WHERE POSSIBLE.3.0 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES, RACEWAYS, AND WIRING TO MODIFY/EXTENDEXISTING SYSTEMS AND CIRCUITS FED DOWNSTREAM OF ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT SHOWN TO BE DEMOLISHED.4.0 CUT DEMOLISHED CONDUITS INSTALLED THRU WALLS AND FLOORS FLUSHWITH THE SURFACE AND PATCH PENETRATIONS (FIRESTOP IF LOCATED ON AFIRE RATED SURFACE). PATCH AND PAINT SURFACES IN EXPOSED AREAS TOMATCH SURROUNDING MATERIALS, FINISHES, AND COLORS.5.0 PROVIDE BLANK COVERPLATES ON UNUSED BACKBOXES REMAINING FROMDEMOLITION NOT SPECIFIED TO BE INFILLED.6.0 EXISTING EQUIPMENT SHOWN TO REMAIN SHALL BE PROTECTED DURINGCONSTRUCTION.##LUMINAIRE SCHEDULETYPE DESCRIPTION MOUNTING SIZE MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. VOLTAGE BALLAST LAMPS WATTAGE FINISHA RECESSED LED TROFFER RECESSED 1'x4' LITHONIA GTL-4-40L-FW-A19--EZ1-LP840 120/277 - LED 40.1-W WHITESCALE: NO SCALEE-1033LUMINAIRE SCHEDULEN024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"N024 8SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0"